sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
October 18, 2006
Registration
No. 333-136521
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
IPG Photonics Corporation
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
|
3674
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
50 Old Webster Road
Oxford, Massachusetts 01540
(508) 373-1100 |
|
04-3444218
(I.R.S. employer identification
number) |
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrants principal executive offices)
Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D.
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
IPG Photonics Corporation
50 Old Webster Road
Oxford, Massachusetts 01540
(508) 373-1100
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including
area code, of agent for service)
Copies To:
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Ericson, Esq.
David A. Sakowitz, Esq.
Winston & Strawn LLP
200 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10166- 4193
(212) 294-6700 |
|
|
|
Robert G. Day, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304- 1050
(650) 493-9300
Adam M. Dinow, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
(212) 999-5800 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of
this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the
following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
Rule 434, please check the following
box. o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act, or until the Registration Statement shall
become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant
to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in
this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not
sell these securities until the registration statement filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not
soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where
the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus
dated ,
2006
PROSPECTUS
Shares
Common Stock
This is IPG Photonics Corporations initial public offering
of its common stock. We are
offering shares
of common stock. The selling stockholders named in this
prospectus, including our chairman and chief executive officer
and two other members of our board of directors, are offering an
additional shares
of common stock. We expect the public offering price to be
between
$ and
$ per
share.
Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. After
pricing of the offering, we expect that our common stock will be
quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol
IPGP.
Investing in our common stock involves risks that are
described in the
Risk Factors section beginning on page 7 of
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
Public offering price
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
Underwriting discount
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG Photonics
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
The underwriters may also purchase up to an
additional shares
of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the
underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this
prospectus to cover overallotments.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The shares will be ready for delivery on or
about ,
2006.
|
|
Merrill Lynch & Co. |
Lehman Brothers |
Needham & Company, LLC
|
|
|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC |
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2006.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
|
F-1 |
|
Ex-10.32 Confidential Settlement Agreement, dated as of June 25, 2003 |
Ex-10.37 Pledge Agreement, dated September 30, 2003 |
Ex-10.38 Pledge Agreement, dated December 3, 2003 |
Ex-10.39 Pledge Agreement, dated April 13, 2001, as amended |
Ex-10.40 Pledge Agreement, dated March 5, 2001, as amended |
Ex-10.41 Pledge Agreement, dated January 22, 2001, as amended |
Ex-10.42 Promissory Note, dated January 22, 2001 |
Ex-10.43 Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 30, 2000, as amended |
Ex-10.44 Series D Preferred Stockholders Agreement, dated as of August 13, 2003 |
Ex-21.1 List of Subsidiaries |
Ex-23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP |
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on
behalf of us. We have not, and the underwriters have not,
authorized anyone to provide you with additional information or
information different from that contained in this prospectus. We
are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our
common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is
accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares
of our common stock.
In this prospectus, references to IPG Photonics,
our company, we, us and
our refer to IPG Photonics Corporation and its
consolidated subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise
indicates.
The market and industry data and forecasts included in this
prospectus are based upon independent industry sources,
including Strategies Unlimited and Frost & Sullivan.
Although we believe that these independent sources are reliable,
we have not independently verified the accuracy and completeness
of this information, nor have we independently verified the
underlying economic assumptions relied upon in preparing any
data or forecasts.
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
|
|
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. Because it is a summary, it does not contain
all of the information that you should consider before investing
in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, including our financial statements and the related
notes and the risks of investing in our common stock discussed
under Risk Factors before making an investment
decision. |
|
IPG Photonics Corporation
Overview
We are the leading developer and manufacturer of a broad line of
high-performance fiber lasers for diverse applications in
numerous markets. Since our founding in 1990, we have pioneered
the development and commercialization of optical fiber-based
lasers. Fiber lasers are a new generation of lasers that combine
the advantages of semiconductor diodes, such as their long life
and high efficiency, with the high amplification and precise
beam qualities of specialty optical fibers to deliver superior
performance, reliability and usability at a lower total cost of
ownership compared to conventional lasers. Our products are
displacing traditional lasers in many current applications and
enabling new applications for lasers. Our vertically integrated
operations allow us to rapidly develop and integrate advanced
products, protect our proprietary technology and ensure access
to critical components while reducing manufacturing costs.
Our diverse lines of low, mid and high-power lasers and
amplifiers are used in materials processing, communications,
medical and advanced applications. For the year ended
December 31, 2005, we reported net sales of
$96.4 million and net income of $7.4 million. For the
six months ended June 30, 2006, we reported net sales of
$64.9 million and net income of $6.1 million.
Our headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in
Oxford, Massachusetts. We have additional manufacturing
facilities in Germany, Russia and Italy, and regional sales
offices in the United States, Japan, South Korea, India and the
United Kingdom.
Industry Background
Historically,
CO2
gas lasers and crystal lasers have been the two principal laser
types used in materials processing and many other applications.
A
CO2
laser produces light by electrically stimulating a gas-filled
tube, while a crystal laser uses a lamp, diode stack or array to
optically pump a special crystal. Traditional lasers have a
number of disadvantages and limitations, including low beam
quality, low reliability, limited output powers and wavelength
choices, high energy consumption, large size, lack of mobility,
the need for expensive replacement parts and complex cooling and
maintenance requirements. In addition, the operating parameters
of traditional lasers are difficult to control precisely.
We believe that fiber lasers represent a disruptive technology,
a technology that has the potential to displace traditional
laser technologies and processes because it constitutes a
fundamental shift, not merely an incremental advance, in laser
technology. Fiber lasers use semiconductor diodes as the light
source to pump specialty optical fibers, which are infused with
rare earth ions. The laser emission is created within optical
fibers and delivered through a flexible cable. Over the last
several years, technological improvements in active optical
fibers, semiconductor diodes and other optical components have
resulted in performance improvements and increases in cost
effectiveness, reliability and output power levels of fiber
lasers. As a result, fiber lasers have gained market share by
replacing traditional lasers in existing laser applications and
enabling new applications by addressing customer needs that are
not met by traditional lasers and non-laser processes. We
believe that fiber lasers provide a combination of benefits that
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Superior Performance. Fiber lasers provide high
beam quality over the entire power range. |
|
|
|
Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Fiber lasers offer
strong value to customers because of their lower total operating
costs due to their lower maintenance costs, high reliability and
energy efficiency. |
1
|
|
|
|
|
Ease of Use. The all solid-state design and
integrated fiber delivery of fiber lasers make them easy to
operate, maintain and integrate into laser-based systems. |
|
|
|
Compact Size and Portability. Fiber lasers are
typically smaller and lighter than traditional lasers, and their
portability and versatility allow them to be used in new laser
applications. |
|
|
|
Choice of Wavelengths and Precise Control of Beam.
The design of fiber lasers generally provides a broad range of
wavelength choices and increased beam control, allowing users to
select the precise wavelength and beam parameter that best match
their application and materials. |
Notwithstanding the benefits offered by fiber lasers, there
remain applications and processes where traditional laser
technologies may provide superior performance with respect to
particular features. For example, crystal lasers can provide
higher peak power pulses and fiber lasers do not generate the
deep ultraviolet light that is used for photolithography in many
semiconductor applications.
According to Strategies Unlimited, sales of fiber lasers are
estimated to grow at a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 39%, from $131 million in 2005 to
$674 million by 2010. Strategies Unlimited also estimates
the total available market for fiber lasers to be growing at 9%
annually from $1.8 billion in 2005 to $2.8 billion by
2010. The penetration of fiber lasers is estimated to grow from
7% to 24% of the total available market for fiber lasers during
that time period.
Our Strengths
Our key strengths and competitive advantages include:
|
|
|
|
|
Differentiated Proprietary Technology Platform.
Our proprietary technology platform allows our products to have
higher output powers and superior beam quality than are
achievable through traditional techniques. In addition, we have
developed a wide range of advanced proprietary optical
components that contribute to the superior performance and
reliability of our products. |
|
|
|
Leading Market Position. As a pioneer and
technology leader in fiber lasers, we have built leading
positions in our various end markets with a large and diverse
customer base. |
|
|
|
Breadth and Depth of Expertise. We have extensive
know-how in materials sciences, which enables us to make our
specialty optical fibers, semiconductor diodes and other
critical components. We also have expertise in optical,
electrical, mechanical and semiconductor engineering which we
use to develop and manufacture our products. |
|
|
|
Vertically Integrated Development and
Manufacturing. We believe that we are the only fiber
laser manufacturer that is vertically integrated. We develop and
manufacture all of the key components of our fiber lasers,
including semiconductor diodes, specialty optical fibers and
other advanced optical components. We believe our vertical
integration enhances our ability to meet customer requirements,
accelerate development, manage costs and improve component
yields, while maintaining high performance and quality standards. |
|
|
|
Diverse Customer Base, End Markets and
Applications. Our diverse customer base, end markets and
applications provide us with many growth opportunities. We have
shipped more than 21,000 units and, in 2005, we shipped to
more than 300 customers worldwide. |
|
|
|
Broad Product Portfolio and Ability to Meet Customer
Requirements. We offer a broad range of standard and
custom fiber lasers and amplifiers ranging in power from one
watt to 50 kilowatts. As a result of our modular, scalable
technology platform, we are able to easily customize and upgrade
our products to meet customer requirements. |
2
Our Strategy
We intend to maintain and extend our leadership position by
pursuing the following key elements of our strategy:
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage Our Technology to Gain Market Share. We
plan to leverage our brand and position as the leader in
developing and commercializing fiber lasers to increase our
market share in the broader market. We believe that our fiber
lasers will continue to displace traditional lasers in many
existing applications due to their superior performance and
value. |
|
|
|
Target New Applications for Lasers. We intend to
continue to enable and penetrate additional applications where
lasers have not traditionally been used. We believe that fiber
laser technology can overcome many of the limitations that have
slowed the adoption of traditional lasers. |
|
|
|
Expand Our Product Portfolio. We plan to continue
to invest in research and development to add additional
wavelengths, power levels and other parameters, improve beam
quality and develop new products. |
|
|
|
Optimize Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan
to seek further increases in the automation of our component
manufacturing processes and device assembly to improve component
yields and increase the power outputs and capacities of the
various components that we make. |
|
|
|
Expand Global Reach to Attract Customers
Worldwide. We intend to capitalize on and grow our
global customer base by opening new application development
centers as well as sales and service offices in Asia, Europe and
the United States. |
Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties,
including those highlighted in the section entitled Risk
Factors immediately following this prospectus summary. The
principal risks that we face relate to the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Application Penetration and Increasing Market
Share. Our future growth depends upon our ability to
penetrate new applications for fiber lasers and increase our
market share in existing applications. |
|
|
|
Acceptance and Rate of Penetration. If fiber
lasers do not achieve broader market acceptance or if market
penetration occurs more slowly than we expect, prospects for our
growth and profitability may be negatively impacted. |
|
|
|
Effectively Managing Our Growth. We may not be
able to effectively manage our growth, which may harm our
business and operating results. |
|
|
|
High Levels of Fixed Costs. Our vertical
integration strategy results in high levels of fixed costs, and
our manufacturing capacity may not be at the appropriate size
for future levels of demand. |
|
|
|
Intellectual Property Infringement Claims. We are
currently subject to claims that we are infringing third-party
intellectual property rights and other claims may arise in the
future, which could result in costly and lengthy litigation, the
outcome of which is unknown. |
Corporate Information
We began our operations in Russia in 1990 and were incorporated
in Delaware in 1998. Our principal executive offices are located
at 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts 01540, and
our telephone number is
(508) 373-1100.
Our website is located at www.ipgphotonics.com.
Information on our website should not be considered part of this
prospectus.
3
THE OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by IPG Photonics |
|
shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
|
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after the offering |
|
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We expect to receive net proceeds from the offering of
approximately
$ million.
We expect to use the net proceeds from the offering to
repurchase our series B warrants, to repay certain of our
outstanding indebtedness and for general corporate purposes,
which may include working capital, expansion of our
manufacturing facilities, purchases of equipment and expansion
of our applications development and service capabilities. We
will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the
selling stockholders. The selling stockholders include our
chairman and chief executive officer and two other members of
our board of directors. See Principal and Selling
Stockholders. Entities that may be deemed to be affiliates
of Merrill Lynch & Co., one of the underwriters in this
offering, will receive a portion of the proceeds of this
offering as a result of our repurchase of series B warrants
held by them. See Underwriting Certain
Relationships. One of our directors, Michael C. Child, is
a managing director of TA Associates, Inc., which will receive a
portion of the proceeds of this offering as a result of our
repurchase of the series B warrants held by it. See
Use of Proceeds. |
|
Nasdaq Global Market Symbol |
|
IPGP |
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the
offering is based on 40,883,700 shares outstanding as of
June 30, 2006 and
includes shares
that we will issue upon conversion of our outstanding preferred
stock effective immediately prior to completion of the offering
assuming an initial public offering price of
$ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover
page of this prospectus.
The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after the
offering excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
6,655,960 shares issuable upon exercise of stock options
outstanding as of June 30, 2006, which have a weighted
average exercise price of $1.71 per share; |
|
|
|
4,790,034 additional shares reserved as of June 30, 2006
for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans; |
|
|
|
warrants to purchase shares of our common stock that will be
repurchased at the closing of this offering; and |
|
|
|
2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock that
were issuable upon conversion of a convertible note. We repaid
the convertible note in August 2006 and therefore the
series D preferred stock underlying the convertible note
will not be issued. |
Unless otherwise stated, all information contained in this
prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
gives effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred
stock into a combination of common stock and subordinated notes; |
|
|
|
gives effect to amendments to our certificate of incorporation
and by-laws that will become effective upon completion of this
offering; and |
|
|
|
assumes no exercise of the option to
purchase additional
shares of common stock granted to the underwriters. |
4
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following summary consolidated financial data should be read
together with the more detailed information contained in
Selected Consolidated Financial Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The data for the years ended December 31,
2003, 2004 and 2005, is derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The data for the years ended December 31,
2001 and 2002, is derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements and related notes not included in this
prospectus. The summary interim consolidated financial data as
of June 30, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30,
2005 and 2006, is derived from our unaudited consolidated
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus. We have prepared our unaudited interim
consolidated financial data on a basis consistent with our
audited consolidated financial statements except that, effective
January 1, 2006, we were required to begin accounting for
stock-based payments at fair value, as discussed in note 2
to the consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of our
management, our unaudited interim consolidated financial
statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of our
results of operations and financial position. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative of the results for any
future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data) | |
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$ |
26,490 |
|
|
$ |
22,180 |
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
$ |
41,630 |
|
|
$ |
64,927 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
26,223 |
|
|
|
23,277 |
|
|
|
38,583 |
|
|
|
42,274 |
|
|
|
62,481 |
|
|
|
28,437 |
|
|
|
39,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit (loss)
|
|
|
267 |
|
|
|
(1,097 |
) |
|
|
(4,843 |
) |
|
|
18,433 |
|
|
|
33,904 |
|
|
|
13,193 |
|
|
|
25,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
21,240 |
|
|
|
19,910 |
|
|
|
2,110 |
|
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
|
3,236 |
|
|
|
1,538 |
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
Research and development
|
|
|
8,407 |
|
|
|
8,383 |
|
|
|
10,063 |
|
|
|
4,831 |
|
|
|
5,788 |
|
|
|
2,873 |
|
|
|
2,622 |
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
18,875 |
|
|
|
13,354 |
|
|
|
9,998 |
|
|
|
8,179 |
|
|
|
10,598 |
|
|
|
4,352 |
|
|
|
5,813 |
|
Other operating expenses
|
|
|
15,042 |
|
|
|
9,474 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
63,564 |
|
|
|
51,121 |
|
|
|
22,171 |
|
|
|
15,373 |
|
|
|
19,622 |
|
|
|
8,763 |
|
|
|
10,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(63,297 |
) |
|
|
(52,218 |
) |
|
|
(27,014 |
) |
|
|
3,060 |
|
|
|
14,282 |
|
|
|
4,430 |
|
|
|
15,030 |
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,857 |
|
|
|
(1,089 |
) |
|
|
(1,505 |
) |
|
|
(2,150 |
) |
|
|
(1,840 |
) |
|
|
(969 |
) |
|
|
(709 |
) |
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants(2)
|
|
|
6,862 |
|
|
|
2,518 |
|
|
|
(3,664 |
) |
|
|
(615 |
) |
|
|
(745 |
) |
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
(2,219 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
975 |
|
|
|
2,414 |
|
|
|
1,647 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(53,603 |
) |
|
|
(48,375 |
) |
|
|
(30,536 |
) |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
11,933 |
|
|
|
3,288 |
|
|
|
12,114 |
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
|
3,985 |
|
|
|
(1,175 |
) |
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
|
(4,080 |
) |
|
|
(1,219 |
) |
|
|
(5,598 |
) |
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(426 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
(398 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(49,622 |
) |
|
$ |
(49,385 |
) |
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
$ |
2,150 |
|
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(1.45 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.42 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(1.45 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.42 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
35,959 |
|
|
|
36,476 |
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
39,348 |
|
|
|
39,008 |
|
|
|
40,385 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
35,959 |
|
|
|
36,476 |
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
45,252 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
|
|
49,584 |
|
Supplementary pro forma net income per share(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(footnotes on following page)
5
|
|
(1) |
Due primarily to certain stock-based compensation awarded
primarily in 2000 and 2001, we have recorded significant
stock-based compensation during the years ended
December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. Those awards became fully
vested during the year ended December 31, 2004. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates Stock-Based
Compensation. |
|
(2) |
The change in value of the series B warrants is a non-cash
charge related to recording the increase or decrease in the fair
value of the warrants. The change in fair value for this
derivative instrument is directly related to the probability
that the warrants will be exercised prior to their expiration in
April 2008. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from
this offering to repurchase the series B warrants. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors and
Trends That Affect our Operations and Financial
Results Effect of Preferred Stock On Net Income and
Net Income Per Share. |
|
(3) |
The supplemental pro forma disclosures are intended to
demonstrate the effects on net income per share of the
completion of this offering and the related impacts of the
conversion of our preferred stock and the repurchase of the
series B warrants with a portion of the net proceeds of
this offering. The number of shares used in the calculation of
supplementary pro forma net income per common share includes
(a) the basic weighted average common stock outstanding,
(b) shares
of common stock, which will be issued upon completion of this
offering upon the conversion of our preferred stock, and
(c) shares
related to the additional dilutive impact of existing options
assuming that the fair value of the common stock increases to
the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. Supplementary pro forma net income used in the
calculation of supplementary pro forma net income per share
reflects the elimination of the increase in value of the
series B warrants, which will be repurchased upon the
completion of this offering, totaling $745,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2005 and $2.2 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2006. In addition, all accretion of
preferred stock has been eliminated in the determination of net
income attributable to common stockholders. See Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Fair
Value Adjustment of Warrants and Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions. |
The table below summarizes our consolidated balance sheet as of
June 30, 2006 on an actual basis, on a pro forma basis to
give effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock as of that date into common stock and the
issuance of subordinated notes totaling $20.0 million,
which will occur upon closing of this offering, and on a pro
forma as adjusted basis to reflect the transactions described
above as well as the sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering at an assumed offering
price of
$ per
share and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom as described in Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Pro Forma as Adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
11,282 |
|
|
$ |
11,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
|
22,721 |
|
|
|
22,721 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
131,996 |
|
|
|
131,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, including current portion
|
|
|
24,268 |
|
|
|
44,268 |
|
|
|
|
|
Series B warrants
|
|
|
16,863 |
|
|
|
16,863 |
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
97,385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(38,545 |
) |
|
|
38,840 |
|
|
|
|
|
6
RISK FACTORS
This offering involves a high degree of risk. You should
carefully consider the risks and uncertainties below, together
with the financial and other information contained in this
prospectus, before you decide to buy our common stock. If any of
the following risks and uncertainties actually occur, our
business, prospects, financial condition and results of
operations would likely suffer. In these circumstances, the
market price of our common stock could decline, and you could
lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.
Risks Related To Our Business
|
|
|
Our future growth depends upon our ability to penetrate
new applications for fiber lasers and increase our market share
in existing applications. |
Our future growth will depend on our ability to generate sales
of fiber lasers in applications where traditional lasers, such
as
CO2
and yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG) lasers, have been used or in
new and developing markets and applications for lasers where
they have not been used previously. To date, a significant
portion of our revenue growth has been derived from sales of
fiber lasers primarily for applications where
CO2
and YAG lasers historically have been used. In order to increase
market demand for our fiber laser products, we will need to
devote substantial resources to:
|
|
|
|
|
demonstrate the effectiveness of fiber lasers in new
applications; |
|
|
|
increase our direct and indirect sales efforts; |
|
|
|
extend our product line to address new applications for our
products; |
|
|
|
continue to reduce our manufacturing costs and enhance our
competitive position; and |
|
|
|
effectively service and support our installed product base. |
If we are unable to implement our strategy to develop new
applications for our products, our revenues, operating results
and financial condition could be adversely affected. We cannot
assure you that we will be able to successfully implement our
business strategy. In addition, our newly developed or enhanced
products may not achieve market acceptance or may be rendered
obsolete or less competitive by the introduction of new products
by other companies.
|
|
|
If fiber lasers do not achieve broader market acceptance
or if market penetration occurs more slowly than we expect,
prospects for our growth and profitability may be negatively
impacted. |
The fiber laser market is relatively new when compared to the
conventional laser market and our future success depends on the
development and broader market acceptance of fiber lasers.
Potential customers may be reluctant to adopt fiber lasers as an
alternative to traditional lasers, such as
CO2
and YAG, and non-laser methods, such as mechanical tools. Such
potential customers may have substantial investments and
know-how related to their existing laser and non-laser
technologies, and may perceive risks relating to the
reliability, quality, usefulness and cost-effectiveness of fiber
lasers when compared to other laser or non-laser technologies
available in the market. Many of our target markets, such as the
automotive, machine tool and other manufacturing, communications
and medical industries, have historically adopted new
technologies slowly. These markets often require long test and
qualification periods or lengthy government approval processes
before adopting new technologies. As a result, we may expend
significant resources and time to qualify our products for a new
customer application, and we cannot assure that our products
will be qualified or approved for such markets. If acceptance of
fiber laser technology, and of our fiber lasers in particular,
does not continue to grow within the markets that we serve, then
the opportunities to increase our revenues and profitability may
be severely limited.
7
|
|
|
We may not be able to effectively manage our growth and we
may need to incur significant costs to address the operational
requirements related to our growth, either of which could harm
our business and operating results. |
We have been experiencing a period of significant growth and
expansion, both in the United States and internationally, which
has required, and will continue to require, increased efforts of
our management and other resources. Our recent and anticipated
growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place,
significant strain on our research and development, sales and
marketing, operational and administrative resources. To manage
our growth, we will need to continue to improve our operational
and financial systems and expand, train and manage our
employees. For example, we must implement new modules of our
management information system, hire and train new sales
representatives, service and application personnel, and expand
our supply chain management and quality control operations. This
may require substantial managerial and financial resources, and
our efforts in this regard may not be successful. If we fail to
adequately manage our expected growth, or to improve our
operational, financial and management information systems, or
fail to effectively motivate or manage our new and future
employees, the quality of our products and the management of our
operations could suffer and our operating results could be
adversely affected.
|
|
|
Our vertically integrated business results in high levels
of fixed costs that may adversely impact our gross profits and
our operating results in the event of a reduction in demand for
our products. |
We have a high fixed cost base due to our vertically integrated
business model, including the fact that approximately 710 of our
900 employees as of June 30, 2006 were employed in our
manufacturing operations. We cannot adjust these fixed costs
quickly to adapt to rapidly changing market conditions. Our
gross profit, in absolute dollars and as a percentage of net
sales, is greatly impacted by our sales volume and the
corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead
expenses. In addition, because we are a vertically integrated
manufacturer and design and manufacture our key specialty
components, insufficient demand for our products may subject us
to the risk of high inventory carrying costs and increased
inventory obsolescence. Given our vertical integration, the rate
at which we turn inventory has historically been low when
compared to our cost of sales. We do not expect this to change
significantly in the future and believe that we will have to
maintain a relatively high level of inventory compared to our
cost of sales. As a result, we continue to expect to have a
significant amount of working capital invested in inventory and
changes in our level of inventory to lead to an increase in cash
generated from our operations when it is sold or a decrease in
cash generated from our operations at times when the amount of
inventory is increasing. We may be required to write down
inventory costs in the future as we have done in the past, and
the high inventory costs may have an adverse effect on our gross
profits and our operating results.
|
|
|
We are subject to lawsuits alleging that we are infringing
third-party intellectual property rights. Intellectual property
claims could result in costly litigation and harm our
business. |
In recent years, there has been significant litigation involving
intellectual property rights in many technology-based
industries, including our own. We face risks and uncertainties
in connection with such litigation, including the risk that
patents issued to others may harm our ability to do business;
that there could be existing patents of which we are unaware
that could be pertinent to our business; and that it is not
possible for us to know whether there are patent applications
pending that our products might infringe upon, since patent
applications often are not disclosed until a patent is issued or
published. Moreover, the frequency with which new patents are
granted and the diversity of jurisdictions in which they are
granted make it impractical and prohibitively expensive for us
to monitor all patents that may be relevant to our business.
From time to time, we have been notified of allegations and
claims that we may be infringing patents or intellectual
property rights owned by third parties. We are presently
defending two patent infringement lawsuits brought by the
Scientific-Atlanta
division of Cisco Systems, Inc. and Spectra-Physics, a division
of Newport Corporation. See Business Legal
Proceedings. The Scientific-Atlanta allegations generally
relate to erbium and ytterbium co-doped optical fiber, and
certain products that
8
incorporate such fiber, and the Spectra-Physics allegations
generally relate to certain of our fiber lasers and amplifiers.
Both lawsuits are limited to products made, used, sold, offered
for sale, or imported in the United States and therefore
these lawsuits affect products that contribute a substantial
portion of our revenues. These lawsuits do not affect revenues
that are derived from products that are not made, used, sold,
offered for sale or imported in the United States. There
can be no assurance that we will be able to amicably dispose of
the pending litigation, claims and other allegations made
against us and claims that may be asserted in the future. The
outcome of any litigation, including the pending litigations, is
uncertain. Even if we ultimately are successful on the merits of
any such litigation, legal and administrative proceedings
related to intellectual property are typically expensive and
time-consuming, generate negative publicity and divert financial
and managerial resources. Some litigants against us may have
greater financial resources and may be able to sustain the costs
of complex intellectual property litigation more easily than we
can.
If we do not prevail in any intellectual property litigation
brought against us, including the lawsuits brought by
Scientific-Atlanta and
Spectra-Physics, it
could affect our ability to sell our products and materially
harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations. These developments could adversely affect our
ability to compete for customers and increase our revenues.
Plaintiffs in intellectual property cases often seek, and
sometimes obtain, injunctive relief. Intellectual property
litigation commenced against us, including the lawsuits brought
by Scientific-Atlanta and Spectra-Physics that we are presently
defending, could force us to take actions that could be harmful
to our business, competitive position, results of operations and
financial condition, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
stop selling our products or using the technology that contains
the allegedly infringing intellectual property; |
|
|
|
pay actual monetary damages, royalties, lost profits or
increased damages and the plaintiffs attorneys fees; |
|
|
|
attempt to obtain a license to use the relevant intellectual
property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at
all; and |
|
|
|
|
attempt to redesign the products that allegedly infringed upon
intellectual property of others, which may be costly or
impractical. |
|
In addition, intellectual property lawsuits can be brought by
third parties against OEMs and end users that incorporate our
products into their systems or processes. In some cases, we
indemnify OEMs against third-party infringement claims relating
to our products and we often make representations affirming,
among other things, that our products do not infringe on the
intellectual property rights of others. As a result, we may
incur liabilities in connection with lawsuits against our
customers. Any such lawsuits, whether or not they have merit,
could be time-consuming to defend, damage our reputation and
result in substantial and unanticipated costs.
|
|
|
Our inability to protect our intellectual property and
proprietary technologies could result in the unauthorized use of
our technologies by third parties, hurt our competitive position
and adversely affect our operating results. |
We rely on trade secret laws, contractual agreements, technical
know-how and other unpatented proprietary information to protect
our products, product development and manufacturing activities
from unauthorized copying by third parties. While we own a small
number of patents, we have not historically emphasized patents
as a source of significant competitive advantage, and we do not
expect these patents alone to prevent third parties from
unauthorized copying of our technologies, products and product
components. Rather, we seek to protect our proprietary
technology under laws affording protection for trade secrets. We
also seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary
information, in part, by requiring employees to enter into
agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and
the assignment of rights to inventions made by them while
employed by us. We have significant international operations and
we are subject to foreign laws which differ in many respects
from U.S. laws. Policing unauthorized use of
9
our trade secret technologies throughout the world and proving
misappropriation of our technologies are particularly difficult,
especially due to the number of our employees and operations in
numerous foreign countries. The steps that we take to acquire
ownership of our employees inventions and trade secrets in
foreign countries may not have been effective under all such
local laws, which could expose us to potential claims or the
inability to protect intellectual property developed by our
employees. Furthermore, any changes in, or unexpected
interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual
property laws in any country in which we operate may adversely
affect our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual
property positions. Costly and time-consuming litigation could
be necessary to determine the scope of our confidential
information and trade secret protection. We also enter into
confidentiality agreements with our consultants and other
suppliers to protect our confidential information that we
deliver to them. However, there can be no assurance that our
confidentiality agreements will not be breached, that we will be
able to effectively enforce them or that we will have adequate
remedies for any breach.
Given our reliance on trade secret laws, others may
independently develop similar or alternative technologies or
duplicate our technologies and commercialize discoveries that we
have made. Therefore, our intellectual property efforts may be
insufficient to maintain our competitive advantage or to stop
other parties from commercializing similar products or
technologies. Many countries outside of the United States afford
little or no protection to trade secrets and other intellectual
property rights. Intellectual property litigation can be
time-consuming and expensive, and there is no guarantee that we
will have the resources to fully enforce our rights. If we are
unable to prevent misappropriation or infringement of our
intellectual property rights, or the independent development or
design of similar technologies, our competitive position and
operating results could suffer.
|
|
|
We depend upon internal production and on outside single
or limited-source suppliers for many of our key components and
raw materials. Any interruption in the supply of these key
components and raw materials could adversely affect our results
of operations. |
We rely exclusively on our own production capabilities to
manufacture certain of our key components, such as semiconductor
diodes, specialty optical fibers and optical components. We do
not have redundant production lines for some of our components,
such as our diodes and some other components, which are made at
a single manufacturing facility. These may not be readily
available from other sources at our current costs. If our
manufacturing activities were obstructed or hampered
significantly, it could take a considerable length of time, or
it could increase our costs, for us to resume manufacturing or
find alternative sources of supply. Many of the tools and
equipment we use are custom-designed, and it could take a
significant period of time to repair or replace them. In
particular, we use complex tools in the production of our
semiconductor diodes that may be taken out of production for
months to be serviced and the tools must be recertified before
they are put back into production. If we are unable to
successfully recommission these tools in a timely fashion, our
results of operations and business may be adversely affected.
Our three major manufacturing facilities are located in Oxford,
Massachusetts; Burbach, Germany; and Fryazino, Russia. If, as a
result of a flood, fire, natural disaster, political unrest, act
of terrorism, war, outbreak of disease or other similar event,
any of our three major manufacturing facilities or equipment
should become inoperable, inaccessible, damaged or destroyed,
our business could be adversely affected to the extent that we
do not have redundant production capabilities.
Also, we purchase certain raw materials used in the manufacture
of our products and other components, such as semiconductor
wafer substrates, modulators and high-power beam delivery
products, from single or limited-source suppliers. In general,
we have no long-term contractual supply arrangements with these
suppliers. Some of our suppliers are also our competitors.
Furthermore, other than our current suppliers, there are a
limited number of entities from whom we could obtain these
supplies. We do not anticipate that we would be able to purchase
these components or raw materials that we require in a short
period of time or at the same cost from other sources in
commercial quantities or that have our required performance
specifications. Any interruption or delay in the supply of any
of these components or materials, or the inability to obtain
these components and materials from alternate sources at
acceptable prices and within a reasonable amount of time, could
adversely affect our business. If our suppliers face
10
financial or other difficulties or if there are significant
changes in demand for the components and materials we obtain
from them, they could limit the availability of these components
and materials to us, which in turn could adversely affect our
business.
|
|
|
We rely on the significant experience and specialized
expertise of our senior management and scientific staff and if
we are unable to retain these key employees and attract other
highly skilled personnel necessary to grow our business
successfully, our business and results of operations could
suffer. |
Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued
service of our executive officers, particularly our founder and
chief executive officer, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, and our
managing director of IPG Laser, Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov, our
highly trained team of scientists, many of whom have several
years of experience and specialized expertise in optical fibers,
semiconductors and optical component technology, and other key
engineering, sales, marketing, manufacturing and support
personnel, any of whom may leave, which could harm our business.
The members of our scientific staff who are expected to make
significant individual contributions to our business are also
members of our executive management team as disclosed under
Management below. Furthermore, our business requires
scientists and engineers with experience in several disciplines,
including physics, optics, materials sciences, chemistry and
electronics. We will need to continue to recruit and retain
highly skilled scientists and engineers for certain functions.
Our future success also depends on our ability to identify,
attract, hire, train, retain and motivate highly skilled
research and development, managerial, operations, sales,
marketing and customer service personnel. If we fail to attract,
integrate and retain the necessary personnel, our ability to
extend and maintain our scientific expertise and grow our
business could suffer significantly.
|
|
|
Failure to effectively build and expand our direct field
service and support organization could have an adverse effect on
our business. |
We believe that it will become increasingly important for us to
provide rapid, responsive service directly to our customers
throughout the world and to build and expand our own personnel
resources to provide these services. Accordingly, we have an
ongoing effort to develop our direct support systems in Asia,
one of our largest markets. This requires us to recruit and
train additional qualified field service and support personnel
as well as maintain effective and highly trained organizations
that can provide service to our customers in various countries.
We may not be able to attract and train additional qualified
personnel to expand our direct support operations successfully.
We may not be able to find and engage additional qualified
third-party resources to supplement and enhance our direct
support operations. Further, we may incur significant costs in
providing these direct field and support services. Failure to
implement our direct support operation effectively could
adversely affect our relationships with our customers, and our
operating results may suffer.
|
|
|
The laser and amplifier industries may experience
declining average selling prices, which could cause our gross
margins to decline and harm our operating results. |
Products in the laser and amplifier industries generally, and
our products specifically, have in the past and may in the
future continue to experience a decline in average selling
prices (ASPs) as a result of new product and technology
introductions, increased competition and price pressures from
significant customers. If the ASPs of our products decline and
we are unable to increase our unit volumes, introduce new or
enhanced products with higher margins or reduce manufacturing
costs to offset anticipated decreases in the prices of our
existing products, our operating results may be adversely
affected. In addition, because of our significant fixed costs,
we are limited in our ability to reduce total costs quickly in
response to any revenue shortfalls. Because of these factors, we
may experience material adverse fluctuations in our future
operating results on a quarterly or annual basis if the ASPs of
our products continue to decline.
11
|
|
|
A few customers account for a significant portion of our
sales, and if we lose any of these customers or they
significantly curtail their purchases of our products, our
results of operations could be adversely affected. |
We rely on a few customers for a significant portion of our
sales. Our top five customers accounted for an aggregate of
between 37% and 38% of our consolidated net sales for each of
the past three years. Our largest customer has accounted for at
least 10% of our net sales for each of the last three years and
accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated net sales in
2005 and approximately 11% for the six months ended
June 30, 2006. We generally do not enter into agreements
with our customers obligating them to purchase our fiber lasers
or amplifiers. Our business is characterized by short-term
purchase orders and shipment schedules. If any of our principal
customers discontinues its relationship with us, replaces us as
a vendor for certain products or suffers downturns in its
business, our business and results of operations could be
adversely affected.
|
|
|
We have experienced, and expect to experience in the
future, fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. These
fluctuations may increase the volatility of our stock
price. |
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience,
fluctuations in our quarterly operating results. We believe that
fluctuations in quarterly results may cause the market price of
our common stock to fluctuate, perhaps substantially. Factors
which may have an influence on our operating results in a
particular quarter include:
|
|
|
|
|
the increase, decrease, cancellation or rescheduling of
significant customer orders; |
|
|
|
the timing of revenue recognition based on the installation or
acceptance of certain products shipped to our customers; |
|
|
|
the timing of customer qualification of our products and
commencement of volume sales of systems that include our
products; |
|
|
|
the rate at which our present and future customers and end users
adopt our technologies; |
|
|
|
the gain or loss of a key customer; |
|
|
|
product or customer mix; |
|
|
|
competitive pricing pressures; |
|
|
|
the relative proportions of our U.S. and international sales; |
|
|
|
our ability to design, manufacture and introduce new products on
a cost-effective and timely basis; |
|
|
|
the incurrence of expenses to develop and improve application
and support capabilities, the benefits of which may not be
realized until future periods, if at all; |
|
|
|
different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our
customers, which affect the timing of their spending; |
|
|
|
foreign currency fluctuations; and |
|
|
|
our ability to control expenses. |
These factors make it difficult for us to accurately predict our
operating results. In addition, our ability to accurately
predict our operating results is complicated by the fact that
many of our products have long sales cycles, some lasting as
long as twelve months. Once a sale is made, our delivery
schedule typically ranges from four weeks to four months, and
therefore our sales will often reflect orders shipped in the
same quarter that they are received and will not enhance our
ability to predict our results for future quarters. In addition,
long sales cycles may cause us to incur significant expenses
without offsetting revenues since customers typically expend
significant effort in evaluating, testing and qualifying our
products before making a decision to purchase them. Moreover,
customers may cancel or reschedule
12
shipments, and production difficulties could delay shipments.
Accordingly, our results of operations are subject to
significant fluctuations from quarter to quarter, and we may not
be able to accurately predict when these fluctuations will occur.
|
|
|
Our manufacturing capacity may not be at the appropriate
size for future levels of demand. |
In response to an increase in demand for our fiber lasers over
the last three years, we started adding substantial
manufacturing capacity at our facilities in the United States,
Germany and Russia beginning in early 2005, and we are
continuing to expand our capacity further. A significant portion
of our manufacturing facilities and production equipment, such
as our semiconductor production and processing equipment, diode
packaging equipment and diode burn-in stations, are
special-purpose in nature and cannot be adapted easily to make
other products. If the demand for fiber lasers or amplifiers
does not increase from current levels, we may have significant
excess manufacturing capacity, which could in turn adversely
affect our business.
Conversely, if demand for fiber lasers or amplifiers increases
substantially more than we anticipate, our manufacturing
capacity may not be adequate to meet the increased customer
demand. As a result, we might not be able to fulfill customer
orders in a timely manner, which could adversely affect our
customer relationships and operating results. Moreover, our
efforts to increase our production capacity may not succeed in
enabling us to manufacture the required quantities of our
products in a timely manner or at gross profit margins that we
have achieved in the past. As a result, the profit margins we
ultimately achieve on sales of fiber lasers and amplifiers may
be lower than our historical profit margins.
|
|
|
Future downturns in the economy, particularly in the
materials processing and communications markets, could have a
material adverse effect on our sales and profitability. |
Our business depends substantially upon capital expenditures by
our customers, particularly by manufacturers in the materials
processing and communications markets. We estimate that
approximately 79% of our revenues during 2005 were in these two
markets. Although these industries are broad, they are cyclical
and have historically experienced sudden and severe downturns
and periods of oversupply, resulting in significantly reduced
demand for capital equipment, including the products that we
manufacture and market. For the foreseeable future, our
operations will continue to depend upon capital expenditures by
customers in these markets, which, in turn, depend upon the
demand for their products or services. Decreased demand for
products and services from customers in these industries during
an economic downturn may lead to decreased demand for our
products, which would reduce our sales or sales growth rate.
|
|
|
We depend on our OEM customers and system integrators and
their ability to incorporate our products into their
systems. |
Our future growth will depend in part on our ability to maintain
existing and secure new OEM customers. Our revenues also depend
in part upon the ability of our current and potential OEM
customers and system integrators to develop and sell systems
that incorporate our laser and amplifier products. The
commercial success of these systems depends to a substantial
degree on the efforts of these OEM customers and system
integrators to develop and market products that incorporate our
technologies. Relationships and experience with traditional
laser makers, limited marketing resources, reluctance to invest
in research and development and other factors affecting these
OEM customers and third-party system integrators could have a
substantial impact upon our financial results. Furthermore, if
our OEM customers or third-party system integrators experience
financial or other difficulties that adversely affect their
operations, our financial condition or results of operations may
also be adversely affected.
13
|
|
|
Because we lack long-term purchase commitments from our
customers, our sales can be difficult to predict, which could
adversely affect our operating results. |
We generally do not enter into long-term agreements with our
customers obligating them to purchase our fiber lasers or
amplifiers. Our business is characterized by short-term purchase
orders and shipment schedules and, in some cases, orders may be
cancelled or delayed without significant penalty. As a result,
it is difficult to forecast our revenues and to determine the
appropriate levels of inventory required to meet future demand.
In addition, due to the absence of long-term volume purchase
agreements, we forecast our revenues and plan our production and
inventory levels based upon the demand forecasts of our OEM
customers, end users, and distributors, which are highly
unpredictable and can fluctuate substantially. This could lead
to increased inventory levels and increased carrying costs and
risk of excess or obsolete inventory due to unanticipated
reductions in purchases by our customers. In this regard, we
recorded provisions for inventory totaling $8.3 million,
$0.0 million and $2.4 million in 2003, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. These provisions were recorded as a result of
changes in market prices of certain components, the value of
those inventories that was realizable through finished product
sales and uncertainties related to the recoverability of the
value of inventories due to technological changes and excess
quantities. If our OEM customers, end users or distributors fail
to accurately forecast the demand for our products, fail to
accurately forecast the timing of such demand, or are unable to
consistently negotiate acceptable purchase order terms with
customers, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
|
|
|
The markets for our products are highly competitive and
increased competition could increase our costs, reduce our sales
or cause us to lose market share. |
The industries in which we operate are characterized by
significant price and technological competition. Our fiber laser
and amplifier products compete with conventional laser
technologies and amplifier products offered by several
well-established companies, some of which are larger and have
substantially greater financial, managerial and technical
resources, more extensive distribution and service networks,
greater sales and marketing capacity, and larger installed
customer bases than we do. Also, we compete with widely used
non-laser production methods, such as resistance welding. We
believe that competition will be particularly intense from
makers of
CO2
and YAG lasers, as these makers of traditional solutions may
lower prices to maintain current market share and have committed
significant research and development resources to pursue
opportunities related to these technologies.
Further, we face competition from a growing number of fiber
laser makers. We also expect competition from established laser
makers which may have started or may start programs to develop
and sell fiber lasers or alternative new solid state laser
technologies. Because many of the components required to develop
and produce low-power fiber lasers and amplifiers are
commercially available, barriers to entry into these submarkets
are relatively low, and we expect new competitive product
entries in these submarkets. We may not be able to successfully
differentiate our current and proposed products from the
products of our competitors and the market may not consider our
products to be superior to competing products. To maintain our
competitive position in these markets, we believe that we will
be required to continue a high level of investment in research
and development, application development and customer service
and support, and react to market pricing conditions. We may not
have sufficient resources to continue to make these investments
and we may not be able to make the technological advances or
price adjustments necessary to maintain our competitive
position. We also compete against our OEM customers
internal production of competitive laser technologies.
|
|
|
Our inability to manage risks associated with our
international customers and operations could adversely affect
our business. |
Our products are currently marketed and sold in numerous
countries. The United States, Germany, Japan and Russia are our
principal markets. A significant amount of our revenues are
derived from customers outside of the United States. We
anticipate that foreign sales will continue to account for
14
a significant portion of our revenues in the foreseeable future.
Our operations and sales in these markets are subject to risks
inherent in international business activities, including:
|
|
|
|
|
longer accounts receivable collection periods; |
|
|
|
changes in the values of foreign currencies; |
|
|
|
changes in a specific countrys or regions economic
conditions, such as recession; |
|
|
|
compliance with a wide variety of domestic and foreign laws and
regulations and unexpected changes in those laws and regulatory
requirements, including uncertainties regarding taxes, tariffs,
quotas, export controls, export licenses and other trade
barriers; |
|
|
|
certification requirements; |
|
|
|
environmental regulations; |
|
|
|
less effective protection of intellectual property rights in
some countries; |
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences; |
|
|
|
different capital expenditure and budget cycles for our
customers, which affect the timing of their spending; |
|
|
|
political, legal and economic instability, foreign conflicts,
and the impact of regional and global infectious illnesses in
the countries in which we and our customers, suppliers,
manufacturers and subcontractors are located; |
|
|
|
preference for locally produced products; |
|
|
|
difficulties and costs of staffing and managing international
operations across different geographic areas and cultures; |
|
|
|
seasonal reductions in business activities; and |
|
|
|
fluctuations in freight rates and transportation disruptions. |
Political and economic instability and changes in governmental
regulations could adversely affect both our ability to
effectively operate our foreign sales offices and the ability of
our foreign suppliers to supply us with required materials or
services. Any interruption or delay in the supply of our
required components, products, materials or services, or our
inability to obtain these components, materials, products or
services from alternate sources at acceptable prices and within
a reasonable amount of time, could impair our ability to meet
scheduled product deliveries to our customers and could cause
customers to cancel orders.
We are also subject to risks of doing business in Russia through
our indirect subsidiary, NTO IRE-Polus, which conducts research
and development and provides components and test equipment to
us. The results of operations, business prospects and facilities
of NTO IRE-Polus are subject to the economic and political
environment in Russia. In recent years Russia has undergone
substantial political, economic and social change. As is typical
of an emerging market, Russia does not possess a well-developed
business, legal and regulatory infrastructure that would
generally exist in a more mature free market economy. In
addition, the tax, currency and customs legislation within
Russia is subject to varying interpretations and changes, which
can occur frequently. The future economic direction of Russia
remains largely dependent upon the effectiveness of economic,
financial and monetary measures undertaken by the government,
together with tax, legal, regulatory, and political
developments. Our failure to manage the risks associated with
NTO IRE-Polus and our other existing and potential future
international business operations could have a material adverse
effect upon our results of operations.
15
|
|
|
Foreign currency transaction risk may negatively affect
our net sales, cost of sales and operating margins and could
result in exchange losses. |
We conduct our business and incur costs in the local currency of
most countries in which we operate. In 2005, our net sales
outside the United States represented a significant portion of
our total sales. We incur currency transaction risk whenever one
of our operating subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or a
sales transaction using a different currency from the currency
in which it receives revenues. We currently do not hedge against
foreign currency exchange risks, and therefore the impact of
future exchange rate fluctuations on our results of operations
cannot be accurately predicted. Given the volatility of exchange
rates, we may not be able to effectively manage our currency
transaction or translation risks, and any volatility in currency
exchange rates may increase the price of our products in local
currency to our foreign customers, which may have an adverse
effect on our financial condition, cash flows and profitability.
|
|
|
Our products could contain defects, which may reduce sales
of those products, harm market acceptance of our fiber laser
products or result in claims against us. |
The manufacture of our fiber lasers and amplifiers involves
highly complex and precise processes. Despite testing by us and
our customers, errors have been found, and may be found in the
future, in our products. These defects may cause us to incur
significant warranty, support and repair costs, divert the
attention of our engineering personnel from our product
development efforts and harm our relationships with our
customers. These problems could result in, among other things,
loss of revenues or a delay in revenue recognition, loss of
market share, harm to our reputation or a delay or loss of
market acceptance of our fiber laser products. Defects,
integration issues or other performance problems in our fiber
laser and amplifier products could also result in personal
injury or financial or other damages to our customers, which in
turn could damage market acceptance of our products. Our
customers could also seek damages from us for their losses. A
product liability claim brought against us, even if
unsuccessful, could be time-consuming and costly to defend.
|
|
|
We may pursue acquisitions and investments in new
businesses, products or technologies. These may involve risks
which could disrupt our business and may harm our financial
condition. |
We currently have no commitments or agreements to make any
acquisitions and have limited experience in making acquisitions.
In the future, we may make acquisitions of and investments in
new businesses, products, technologies and geographic areas, or
we may acquire operations that expand our current capabilities.
Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges
that could, if not met, disrupt our business operations,
increase our operating costs and reduce the value of the
acquired company to us. For example, if we identify an
acquisition candidate, we may not be able to successfully
negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms. Even if
we are successful, we may not be able to integrate the acquired
businesses, products or technologies into our existing business
and products. As a result of the rapid pace of technological
change in our industry, we may misgauge the long-term potential
of the acquired business or technology, or the acquisition may
not be complementary to our existing business. Furthermore,
potential acquisitions and investments, whether or not
consummated, may divert our managements attention and
require considerable cash outlays at the expense of our existing
operations. In addition, to complete future acquisitions, we may
issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent
liabilities or have amortization expenses and write-downs of
acquired assets, which could adversely affect our profitability
and result in dilution to our existing and future stockholders.
|
|
|
We are subject to various environmental laws and
regulations that could impose substantial costs upon us and may
adversely affect our business, operating results and financial
condition. |
Some of our operations use substances regulated under various
federal, state, local, and international laws governing the
environment, including those relating to the storage, use,
discharge, disposal, labeling, and human exposure to hazardous
and toxic materials. We could incur costs, fines and civil or
criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal
injury claims, or could be required to
16
incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were
to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability
under environmental laws can be joint and several and without
regard to comparative fault. Compliance with current or future
environmental laws and regulations could restrict our ability to
expand our facilities or require us to acquire additional
expensive equipment, modify our manufacturing processes, or
incur other significant expenses. There can be no assurance that
violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur
in the future as a result of the inability to obtain permits,
human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes.
|
|
|
We are subject to export control regulations that could
restrict our ability to increase our international sales and may
adversely affect our business. |
A significant part of our business is the export of our products
to other countries. Because our products can be used or adapted
for military, weapons or other similar uses, our products are
subject to the Export Administration Regulations, administered
by the Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry
Security, and their foreign counterpart laws and regulations
which require that we obtain an export license before we can
export certain products, components or technology to specified
countries. Under applicable regulations, some of our laser
products, components and technology are treated differently than
traditional lasers or mechanical tools and, in some cases, the
export of our products, components and technology to certain
countries requires an export license even though an export
license would not be required for the export of a
CO2
or YAG laser or mechanical tool. Unless a license exception is
available, the stricter controls applicable to some products
could put us at a competitive disadvantage in selling our
products to customers in certain countries that require an
export license, restrict our ability to sell products to
customers in certain countries, or give rise to delays or
expenses in obtaining appropriate licenses. Export licenses can
permit the export of a unit to a single customer, or multiple
units over a period of time to one or more customers, and may
include conditions limiting the use of the product, resale,
transfer, re-export, modification, disassembly or transfer of
data. We have experienced and, in the future, may experience
delays in obtaining export licenses as we respond to questions
from licensing authorities on license requests and await their
determination to grant permission in instances where a license
is required. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations
could result in government sanctions, including substantial
monetary penalties, denial of export privileges, debarment from
government contracts and a loss of revenues. Delays in obtaining
or failure to obtain required export licenses also may require
us to defer shipments to subsequent periods or cancel orders.
Any of these could adversely affect our operations and, as a
result, our financial results could suffer.
Risks Related To This Offering
|
|
|
The market price of our common stock may be volatile,
which could result in substantial losses for investors
purchasing shares in this offering. |
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for
our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may
not develop or be sustained after this offering. The market
price of our common stock after this offering may vary from its
initial public offering price. Fluctuations in market price and
volume are particularly common among securities of technology
companies. As a result, you may be unable to sell your shares of
common stock at or above the initial offering price. The market
price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in
response to the following factors, among others, some of which
are beyond our control:
|
|
|
|
|
general market conditions; |
|
|
|
U.S. and international economic factors; |
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating
results; |
|
|
|
changes in or failure to meet publicly disclosed expectations as
to our future financial performance; |
17
|
|
|
|
|
changes in securities analysts estimates of our financial
performance or lack of research and reports by industry analysts; |
|
|
|
changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies; |
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant products,
contracts, acquisitions or strategic partnerships; |
|
|
|
developments or disputes concerning intellectual property or
proprietary rights, including increases or decreases in
litigation expenses associated with intellectual property
lawsuits we may initiate, or in which we may be named as
defendants; |
|
|
|
failure to complete significant sales; |
|
|
|
any future sales of our common stock or other securities; and |
|
|
|
additions or departures of key personnel. |
|
|
|
We could be the subject of securities class action
litigation due to future stock price volatility, which could
divert managements attention and adversely affect our
operating results. |
The stock market in general, and market prices for the
securities of technology companies like ours in particular, have
experienced volatility from time to time that often has been
unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying
companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility can be
attributed to being a newly public company. These broad market
and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price
of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. In
several recent situations where the market price of a stock has
been volatile, holders of that stock have instituted securities
class action litigation against the company that issued the
stock. If any of our stockholders were to bring a lawsuit
against us, the defense and disposition of such lawsuit could be
costly and divert the time and attention of management and harm
our business.
|
|
|
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chairman, chief
executive officer and principal stockholder, will control more
than % of our voting power after
the completion of this offering, and will have a significant
influence on the outcome of director elections and other matters
requiring stockholder approval, including a change in corporate
control. |
After giving effect to the offering, Dr. Valentin P.
Gapontsev, our chairman and chief executive officer, and IP
Fibre Devices (UK) Ltd. (IPFD), of which Dr. Gapontsev
is the managing director and majority owner, will beneficially
own an aggregate
of shares
of our common stock, or % of our
common stock. In addition, after giving effect to the offering,
Dr. Denis Gapontsev, our Vice President of Research and
Development and the son of Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, will
beneficially own 2,578,352 shares of our common stock,
or % of our common stock, and
collectively with Dr. Valentin P.
Gapontsev, % of our common stock.
As a result, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev will continue to
have a significant influence on the outcome of matters requiring
stockholder approval, including:
|
|
|
|
|
election of our directors; |
|
|
|
amendment of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws; and |
|
|
|
approval of mergers, consolidations or the sale of all or
substantially all of our assets. |
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev may vote his shares of our common
stock in ways that are adverse to the interests of other holders
of our common stock, including investors in this offering.
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsevs significant ownership
interest could delay, prevent or cause a change in control of
our company, any of which could adversely affect the market
price of our common stock.
18
|
|
|
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chairman, chief
executive officer and principal stockholder, owns a material
portion of one of our operating subsidiaries, which creates the
possibility of a conflict of interest. |
Although we own 51.0% of NTO IRE-Polus, our Russian subsidiary,
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev owns 26.7%, and the remaining
22.3% is owned by unaffiliated third parties and certain current
and former employees of NTO IRE-Polus. NTO IRE-Polus conducts
research and development for us and provides us with components
and test equipment. Transactions between us and NTO IRE-Polus
generated approximately $7.8 million and $5.8 million
of revenues for NTO IRE-Polus for the year ended
December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30,
2006, respectively. Dr. Gapontsevs significant
ownership interest in this entity creates the possibility of a
conflict of interest since, by having an ownership interest in
both our company and NTO IRE-Polus, his economic interests may
be affected by transactions between the two entities. Under
Russian law and NTO IRE-Poluss charter, supermajority or
unanimous stockholder approval is required to take certain
significant non-operational actions, such as amending NTO
IRE-Poluss charter, electing the executive body or
altering certain fundamental stockholder rights. Although we
have taken steps to address possible conflicts of interests and
potential issues concerning the requirement to obtain
supermajority approval, these steps may not prove effective. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Transactions with NTO-IRE Polus.
|
|
|
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and
Delaware law could prevent or delay a change in control of our
company, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our
stockholders. |
Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that
will be in effect upon completion of this offering, including
certain provisions that will take effect when
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev (together with his
affiliates and associates) ceases to beneficially own an
aggregate of 25% or more of our outstanding voting securities,
may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or change
of control, even if it would be beneficial to our stockholders.
The existence of these provisions could also limit the price
that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares
of our common stock. These provisions include:
|
|
|
|
|
authorizing the issuance of blank check preferred
stock; |
|
|
|
establishing a classified board; |
|
|
|
providing that directors may only be removed for cause; |
|
|
|
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent; |
|
|
|
limiting the persons who may call a special meeting of
stockholders; |
|
|
|
establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for
election to the board of directors and for proposing matters to
be submitted to a stockholder vote; and |
|
|
|
supermajority stockholder approval to change these provisions. |
Provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent
someone from acquiring or merging with our company or obtaining
control of our company. Specifically, Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law, which will apply to our
company following such time as Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
(together with his affiliates and associates) ceases to
beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power of our
outstanding shares, may prohibit business combinations with
stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.
19
|
|
|
Substantial sales of our common stock could cause our
stock price to decline. |
Sales of a substantial number of shares of common stock after
the completion of this offering, or the perception that sales
could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock. On completion of this offering, we will
have shares
of common stock outstanding
and shares
subject to outstanding options. The shares sold in this offering
will be freely tradable without restriction or further
registration under the federal securities laws. An
additional shares
will be eligible for sale without restriction under
Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. Our directors,
executive officers and other stockholders holding in the
aggregate approximately % of our
outstanding shares have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose
of any shares of common stock for a period of at least
180 days after the date of this prospectus without the
prior written approval of Merrill Lynch & Co. and
Lehman Brothers Inc., which could be given at any time. When the
lock-up agreements
expire or are terminated,
approximately shares
of our common stock will be eligible for sale under
Rule 144, Rule 144(k) or Rule 701. An
additional shares
will become eligible for sale under one or more of those rules
from time to time thereafter. After the completion of this
offering, the holders of an aggregate of
approximately shares
of common stock will have registration rights, including the
right to require us to register the sale of their shares and the
right to include their shares in public offerings we undertake
in the future. After the completion of this offering, we intend
to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under
our stock option plans. Once we register these shares, they may
be freely sold in the public market, subject to the
lock-up restrictions
described above, and subject, in the case of any awards under
our stock-based compensation plans, to applicable vesting
requirements.
|
|
|
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management
as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting
public companies, which could adversely affect our operating
results. |
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting
and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company,
including costs associated with public company reporting
requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs
associated with recently adopted corporate governance
requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, as well as new rules implemented by the SEC and the
Nasdaq Global Market. The expenses incurred by public companies
generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have
been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to
significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs
and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, and
we may be required to hire additional personnel. We also expect
these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more
expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability
insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy
limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to
obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more
difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to
serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers.
|
|
|
We will be required to evaluate our internal control over
financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002, and any adverse results from such evaluation could
result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports
and have an adverse effect on our stock price. |
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
beginning as early as the time of the filing of our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, we will be required
to furnish a report by our management on our internal control
over financial reporting. Such a report will contain, among
other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our
fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our
internal control over financial reporting is effective. This
assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in
our internal control over financial reporting identified by
management. Such report must also contain a statement that our
independent registered public accounting firm has issued an
attestation report on managements assessment of such
internal controls.
20
We have begun the systems and process documentation and
evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. If our
management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our
internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to
assert that such internal control is effective. If we are unable
to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is
effective, or if our independent registered public accounting
firm is unable to attest that our managements report is
fairly stated or it is unable to express an opinion on the
effectiveness of our internal controls, investors could lose
confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial
reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
|
|
|
Investors in this offering will experience immediate and
substantial dilution. |
The initial public offering price of our common stock will be
substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share
of our common stock immediately after the completion of this
offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this
offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of
$ in
net tangible book value per share from the price you paid. In
the past, we issued options to acquire common stock at prices
significantly below the initial public offering price. To the
extent these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there
will be further dilution to investors.
21
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve
substantial risk and uncertainties. All statements, other than
statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus are
forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to,
statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future
financial position, future revenues, projected costs and
prospects. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
statements by terminology such as may,
could, should, expect,
intend, plan, anticipate,
believe, estimate, predict,
potential or continue, and similar
expressions, whether in the negative or affirmative. These
statements are only predictions and may be inaccurate. Actual
events or results may differ materially and adversely from those
anticipated, estimated or expected. In evaluating these
statements, you should specifically consider various factors,
including the risks outlined under Risk Factors and
in other parts of this prospectus. These factors may cause our
actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking
statement. Although we believe that the expectations reflected
in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot
guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements and you should not place undue reliance on our
forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements made
in this prospectus relate only to events as of the dates on
which the statements are made. We do not assume any obligation
to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of
new information, future events or otherwise, except as required
by law.
This prospectus also contains market data related to our
business and industry. This market data includes projections
that are based on a number of assumptions. If these assumptions
turn out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the
projections based on these assumptions. As a result, our markets
may not grow at the rates projected by this data, or at all. The
failure of these markets to grow at these projected rates may
have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition and the market price of our
common stock.
22
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of
common stock we are offering will be approximately
$ after
the underwriting discount, commissions and expenses, assuming an
initial public offering price of
$ per
share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of
this prospectus. If the underwriters overallotment option
is exercised in full, the net proceeds from the shares we sell
will be approximately
$ million.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of
common stock by the selling stockholders. Our chairman and chief
executive officer and two other members of our board of
directors are selling shares of common stock in this offering.
See Principal and Selling Stockholders.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of
$ per
share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this
offering by
$ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after deducting
the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $22.1 million to repurchase the warrants to
purchase shares of our common stock that are owned by holders of
the series B preferred stock; |
|
|
|
approximately $4.7 million to repay Euro-denominated
construction loans due from 2006 to 2010 that bear annual
interest at 5.25%; |
|
|
|
approximately $5.7 million to repay a
U.S. construction loan due January 2007 that bears annual
interest at 7.9%; |
|
|
|
|
approximately $5.5 million to repay other Euro-denominated
term debt with various maturities ranging from 2006 to 2019 with
fixed and variable interest rates ranging from 4.2% to 6.5%; |
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $4.9 million to repay Euro-denominated
line-of-credit facilities that bear annual interest at rates
ranging from 7.5% to 8.0%; |
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $1.5 million to repay a U.S. demand
line-of-credit facility that bears interest at a variable rate
of LIBOR plus 4% (8.37% at June 30, 2006); and |
|
|
|
|
|
the balance of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes. |
|
Until we use our net proceeds of the offering, we intend to
invest the funds in U.S. government securities and other
short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or
high-grade corporate notes. Management will have significant
flexibility in applying the net proceeds of the offering.
TA Associates, Inc. beneficially owns 2,000,000 shares
of our series B preferred stock and will beneficially
own % of our common stock after
the completion of this offering. TA Associates, Inc. will
receive
$ of
the proceeds of this offering as a result of our repurchase of
the series B warrants held by it. One of our directors,
Michael C. Child, is a managing director of TA Associates,
Inc. See Principal and Selling Stockholders.
Entities that may be deemed to be affiliates of Merrill
Lynch & Co., one of the underwriters in this offering,
will receive
$ of
the proceeds of this offering as a result of our repurchase of
series B warrants held by them. See
Underwriting Certain Relationships.
23
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital
stock. We anticipate that we will retain any future earnings to
support operations and to finance the growth and development of
our business. Therefore, we do not expect to pay cash dividends
in the foreseeable future. Our payment of any future dividends
will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking
into account general economic and business conditions, any
contractual and legal restrictions on our payment of dividends,
and our financial condition, operating results, cash needs and
growth plans. In addition, current agreements with certain of
our lenders contain, and future loan agreements may contain,
restrictive covenants that generally prohibit us from paying
cash dividends, making any distribution on any class of stock or
making stock repurchases.
24
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis; |
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to the conversion of all
outstanding shares of preferred stock upon the closing of this
offering
into shares
of common stock and the issuance of subordinated notes totaling
$20.0 million to the holders of our series B preferred
stock; and |
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the
transactions described above as well as our sale
of shares
of our common stock in this offering and the application of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom as described in Use of
Proceeds. |
You should read the following table together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Use of
Proceeds, Selected Consolidated Financial Data
and Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions and our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma As |
|
|
Actual | |
|
Pro Forma | |
|
Adjusted |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data) |
Short-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving line-of-credit facilities
|
|
|
11,011 |
|
|
|
11,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
Subordinated notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term debt (including current maturities)
|
|
|
24,268 |
|
|
|
24,268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
35,279 |
|
|
|
55,279 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B warrants
|
|
|
16,863 |
|
|
|
16,863 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible redeemable preferred stock, par value
$0.0001 per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B preferred stock, 3,800,000 shares designated,
issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
92,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series D preferred stock, 5,400,000 shares designated,
2,684,211 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares
designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders (deficit) equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share,
15,000,000 shares authorized, actual; Series A
preferred stock, 500,000 shares designated,
488,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or
outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share,
70,000,000 shares authorized, 40,883,700 shares issued
and outstanding, actual; 175,000,000 shares authorized, pro
forma and pro forma as
adjusted; shares issued and
outstanding, pro forma; shares
issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
94,912 |
|
|
|
177,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes receivable from stockholders
|
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(143,507 |
) |
|
|
(143,507 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
5,629 |
|
|
|
5,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders (deficit) equity
|
|
$ |
(38,545 |
) |
|
$ |
38,840 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
110,982 |
|
|
$ |
110,982 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Pro forma and Pro forma as adjusted
columns above do not reflect the following transactions, which
occurred after June 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
we repaid a $4.6 million credit line through an exchange
with our chief executive officer; |
|
|
|
we repaid a $5.1 million subordinated note; and |
|
|
|
two of our directors repaid $681,000 owed to us. |
See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions.
25
DILUTION
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006
was approximately $38.8 million, or
$ per
share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per
share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less
our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common
stock outstanding as of June 30, 2006 and reflects the
conversion of all of our preferred stock upon the closing of
this offering and the issuance of subordinated notes to the
holders of our series B preferred stock.
After giving effect to the transactions described above and the
sale by us
of shares
of common stock in this offering after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us and the use of the proceeds therefrom, our
adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30,
2006 would have been approximately
$ million,
or approximately
$ per
share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma
net tangible book value of
$ per
share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in
pro forma net tangible book value of approximately
$ per
share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this
offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the adjusted pro
forma net tangible book value per share immediately after the
completion of this offering from the amount of cash that a new
investor paid for a share of our common stock. The following
table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new
investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible
book value per share after the offering would be
$ per
share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per
share to existing stockholders would be
$ per
share and the dilution to new investors purchasing shares of
common stock in the offering would be
$ per
share.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis
as of June 30, 2006, the differences between the number of
shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and
the average price per share that existing stockholders and new
investors paid, before deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The
table gives effect to the conversion of all of our preferred
stock into common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased | |
|
Total Consideration | |
|
Average | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Price Per | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Amount | |
|
Percent | |
|
Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
The foregoing tables and calculations assume no exercise of any
options outstanding as of June 30, 2006. To the extent that
any of our outstanding options are exercised, there will be
further dilution to new investors.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis
as of June 30, 2006, the differences between the number of
shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and
the average price per share that existing stockholders and new
investors paid, before deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The
table gives effect to the conversion of all of our preferred
stock into common stock and assumes the exercise of all options
that were outstanding and exercisable as of June 30, 2006.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased | |
|
Total Consideration | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Average | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Per | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Percent | |
|
Amount | |
|
Percent | |
|
Share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of
$ per
share would increase (decrease) the total consideration that we
receive from this offering by
$ million,
assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
27
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be
read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our
consolidated financial statements and related notes and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The data as of December 31, 2004 and 2005,
and for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005,
is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
data as of December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, and for the
years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, is derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements and related notes not
included in this prospectus. The selected interim consolidated
financial data as of June 30, 2006 and for the six months
ended June 30, 2005 and 2006, is derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements and related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared our interim
unaudited consolidated financial data on a basis consistent with
our audited consolidated financial statements except that,
effective January 1, 2006, we were required to begin
accounting for stock-based payments at fair value, as discussed
in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. In the
opinion of our management, our interim unaudited consolidated
financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of
normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation
of our results of operations and financial position. Our
historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results
for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data) | |
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:(1) |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
26,490 |
|
|
$ |
22,180 |
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
$ |
41,630 |
|
|
$ |
64,927 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
26,223 |
|
|
|
23,277 |
|
|
|
38,583 |
|
|
|
42,274 |
|
|
|
62,481 |
|
|
|
28,437 |
|
|
|
39,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit (loss)
|
|
|
267 |
|
|
|
(1,097 |
) |
|
|
(4,843 |
) |
|
|
18,433 |
|
|
|
33,904 |
|
|
|
13,193 |
|
|
|
25,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
21,240 |
|
|
|
19,910 |
|
|
|
2,110 |
|
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
|
3,236 |
|
|
|
1,538 |
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
8,407 |
|
|
|
8,383 |
|
|
|
10,063 |
|
|
|
4,831 |
|
|
|
5,788 |
|
|
|
2,873 |
|
|
|
2,622 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
18,875 |
|
|
|
13,354 |
|
|
|
9,998 |
|
|
|
8,179 |
|
|
|
10,598 |
|
|
|
4,352 |
|
|
|
5,813 |
|
|
Aborted offering costs
|
|
|
2,156 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In-process research and development
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provision for contract settlement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,474 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization and impairment of intangible assets
|
|
|
11,986 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
63,564 |
|
|
|
51,121 |
|
|
|
22,171 |
|
|
|
15,373 |
|
|
|
19,622 |
|
|
|
8,763 |
|
|
|
10,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(63,297 |
) |
|
|
(52,218 |
) |
|
|
(27,014 |
) |
|
|
3,060 |
|
|
|
14,282 |
|
|
|
4,430 |
|
|
|
15,030 |
|
Interest income (expense), net
|
|
|
1,857 |
|
|
|
(1,089 |
) |
|
|
(1,505 |
) |
|
|
(2,150 |
) |
|
|
(1,840 |
) |
|
|
(969 |
) |
|
|
(709 |
) |
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants(2)
|
|
|
6,862 |
|
|
|
2,518 |
|
|
|
(3,664 |
) |
|
|
(615 |
) |
|
|
(745 |
) |
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
(2,219 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
975 |
|
|
|
2,414 |
|
|
|
1,647 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(53,603 |
) |
|
|
(48,375 |
) |
|
|
(30,536 |
) |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
11,933 |
|
|
|
3,288 |
|
|
|
12,114 |
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
|
3,985 |
|
|
|
(1,175 |
) |
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
|
(4,080 |
) |
|
|
(1,219 |
) |
|
|
(5,598 |
) |
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(426 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
(398 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(49,622 |
) |
|
$ |
(49,385 |
) |
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
$ |
2,150 |
|
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(1.45 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.42 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(1.45 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.42 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
35,959 |
|
|
|
36,476 |
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
39,348 |
|
|
|
39,008 |
|
|
|
40,385 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
35,959 |
|
|
|
36,476 |
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
45,252 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
|
|
49,584 |
|
Supplementary pro forma net income per share(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
As of June 30, | |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
8,851 |
|
|
$ |
1,379 |
|
|
$ |
536 |
|
|
$ |
2,548 |
|
|
$ |
8,361 |
|
|
$ |
11,282 |
|
Working capital
|
|
|
44,711 |
|
|
|
35,669 |
|
|
|
16,303 |
|
|
|
20,934 |
|
|
|
23,550 |
|
|
|
22,721 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
128,230 |
|
|
|
117,166 |
|
|
|
105,481 |
|
|
|
110,545 |
|
|
|
115,481 |
|
|
|
131,996 |
|
Long-term debt, including current portion and a provision for
contract settlement
|
|
|
21,668 |
|
|
|
38,143 |
|
|
|
34,268 |
|
|
|
31,454 |
|
|
|
26,081 |
|
|
|
24,268 |
|
Series B warrants
|
|
|
12,138 |
|
|
|
9,620 |
|
|
|
13,284 |
|
|
|
13,899 |
|
|
|
14,644 |
|
|
|
16,863 |
|
Convertible redeemable preferred stock
|
|
|
81,842 |
|
|
|
84,194 |
|
|
|
91,646 |
|
|
|
93,997 |
|
|
|
96,348 |
|
|
|
97,385 |
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
18,660 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
Stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
12,090 |
|
|
|
(19,516 |
) |
|
|
(51,947 |
) |
|
|
(49,038 |
) |
|
|
(46,504 |
) |
|
|
(38,545 |
) |
|
|
(1) |
Due primarily to certain stock-based compensation awarded
primarily in 2000 and 2001, we have recorded significant
stock-based compensation during the years ended
December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003. Those awards became fully
vested during the year ended December 31, 2004. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates Stock-Based
Compensation. |
|
(2) |
The change in value of the series B warrants is a non-cash
charge related to recording the increase or decrease in the fair
value of the warrants. The change in fair value for this
derivative instrument is directly related to the probability
that the warrants will be exercised prior to their expiration in
April 2008. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from
this offering to repurchase the series B warrants. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Factors and
Trends That Affect our Operations and Financial
Results Effect of Preferred Stock On Net Income and
Net Income Per Share. |
|
(3) |
The supplemental pro forma disclosures are intended to
demonstrate the effects on net income per share of the
completion of this offering and the related impacts of the
conversion of our preferred stock and the repurchase of the
series B warrants with a portion of the net proceeds of
this offering. The number of shares used in the calculation of
supplementary pro forma net income per common share includes
(a) the basic weighted average common stock outstanding,
(b) shares
of common stock, which will be issued upon completion of this
offering upon the conversion of our preferred stock, and
(c) shares
related to the additional dilutive impact of existing options
assuming that the fair value of the common stock increases to
the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus. Supplementary pro forma net income used in the
calculation of supplementary pro forma net income per share
reflects the elimination of the increase in value of the
series B warrants, which will be repurchased upon the
completion of this offering, totaling $745,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2005 and $2.2 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2006. In addition, all accretion of
preferred stock has been eliminated in the determination of net
income attributable to common stockholders. See Use of
Proceeds, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Fair
Value Adjustment of Warrants and Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions. |
29
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with Selected Consolidated Financial Data, our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical
consolidated financial information, the following discussion and
analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks,
uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated by these forward-looking
statements as a result of many factors, including those
discussed under Risk Factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus.
Overview
We are the leading developer and manufacturer of a broad line of
high-performance fiber lasers for diverse applications in
numerous markets. Since our founding in 1990, we have pioneered
the development and commercialization of optical fiber-based
lasers. Fiber lasers are a new generation of lasers that combine
the advantages of semiconductor diodes, such as long life and
high efficiency, with the high amplification and precise beam
qualities of specialty optical fibers to deliver superior
performance, reliability and usability at a lower total cost of
ownership compared to conventional lasers. Our products are
displacing traditional lasers in many current applications and
enabling new applications for lasers.
Our diverse lines of low, mid and high-power lasers and
amplifiers are used in materials processing, communications,
medical and advanced applications. We sell our products globally
to original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, system integrators
and end users. We market our products internationally primarily
through our direct sales force and also through agreements with
independent sales representatives and distributors. We have
sales offices in the United States, Germany, Italy, United
Kingdom, Japan, South Korea, India and Russia.
We are vertically integrated such that we design and manufacture
all key components used in our finished products, from
semiconductor diodes to optical fiber preforms, finished fiber
lasers and amplifiers. Our vertically integrated operations
allow us to reduce manufacturing costs, ensure access to
critical components and rapidly develop and integrate advanced
products while protecting our proprietary technology.
Since our formation in 1990 in Russia, we have been focused on
developing and manufacturing high-power fiber lasers and
amplifiers. We established manufacturing and research operations
in Germany in 1994 and in the United States in 1998. In the
following years, we developed numerous OEM customer
relationships for our advanced, active fiber-based products and
generated a substantial majority of our sales from
communications companies. Despite the significant economic
downturn in the communications industry during 2001 and 2002, we
invested in developing and manufacturing our own semiconductor
diodes, one of our highest-cost components, rather than
purchasing them from third-party vendors. Also, we developed new
products with higher output levels, targeting new applications
and markets outside of the communications industry, particularly
materials processing.
Description of Our Net Sales, Costs and Expenses
Net sales. We derive net sales primarily from the sale of
fiber lasers and amplifiers. We also sell diode lasers,
communications systems and complementary products. We develop
our products to standard specifications and use a common set of
components within our product architectures. We sell our
products through our direct sales organization and our network
of distributors and sales representatives, as well as system
integrators. We sell our products to OEMs that supply materials
processing laser systems, communications systems and medical
laser systems to end users. We also sell our products to end
users that build their own systems which incorporate our
products or use our products as an energy or light source. Sales
of our products generally are recognized upon shipment, provided
that no obligations remain and collection of the receivable is
reasonably assured.
30
Our sales cycle varies substantially, ranging from a period of a
few weeks to as long as one year or more. Our scientists and
engineers work closely with OEMs and end users to analyze their
system requirements and select and meet appropriate
specifications. Our major products are based upon a common
technology platform. We continually enhance these and other
products by improving their components as well as by developing
new components. Although it is difficult to predict the life
cycles of our products and what stage of the life cycle our
products are in, we estimate that our major products are in the
early stages of their life cycles. Our sales typically are made
on a purchase order basis rather than through long-term purchase
commitments.
The average selling prices of our products generally decrease as
the products mature. These decreases arise from factors such as
increased competition, the introduction of new products,
increases in unit volumes and market share considerations. In
the past, we have lowered our selling prices in order to
penetrate new markets and applications in which previously it
was not economically feasible for customers to deploy our
products. Furthermore, we offer volume discounts to customers
who buy multiple units. We cannot predict the timing and degree
of these price declines.
Cost of sales. Our cost of sales consists primarily of
the cost of raw materials and components, direct labor expenses
and manufacturing overhead. We are vertically integrated and
currently manufacture all critical components for our products
as well as assemble finished products. We believe our vertical
integration allows us to increase efficiencies, leverage our
scale and lower our cost of sales. For example, we believe that
our internally manufactured diodes offer performance superior to
that of commercially available diodes. Cost of sales also
includes personnel costs and overhead related to our
manufacturing and engineering operations, related occupancy and
equipment costs, shipping costs and reserves for inventory
obsolescence and for warranty obligations. Inventories are
written off and charged to cost of sales when identified as
excess or obsolete.
Due to our vertical integration strategy, we maintain a
relatively high fixed manufacturing overhead. We cannot adjust
these fixed costs quickly to adapt to rapidly changing market
conditions. Our gross profit, in absolute dollars and as a
percentage of net sales, is greatly impacted by our sales volume
and the corresponding absorption of fixed manufacturing overhead
expenses. Additionally, because many of our products are
customized, we are frequently required to devote significant
engineering resources to the sales process, which we also
include in cost of product sales as incurred.
Sales and marketing. Our sales and marketing expense
consists primarily of compensation, costs of advertising, trade
shows, professional and technical conferences, promotions,
travel related to our sales and marketing operations, related
occupancy and equipment costs and other marketing costs.
Research and development. Our research and development
expense consists primarily of compensation, test and development
expenses related to the design of our products and certain
components, and facilities costs. We use a common research and
development platform for our products. Costs related to product
development are recorded as research and development expenses in
the period in which they are incurred.
General and administrative. Our general and
administrative expense consists primarily of compensation and
associated costs for executive management, finance and other
administrative personnel, outside professional fees, allocated
facilities costs and other corporate expenses.
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. In
connection with the issuance of our series B preferred
stock in 2000, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our
common stock. The fair value adjustment to our series B
warrants consists of a non-cash benefit or expense relating to a
change in the fair value of the warrants. These warrants are
accounted for as a derivative and are exercisable only after an
initial public offering, a merger or liquidation or the sale of
a majority of our common stock. A change in the fair value of
the warrants is based on a change in the probability of any of
such events occurring prior to the expiration of the warrants.
We will continue to incur a non-cash benefit or expense each
quarter based upon the increase or decrease, respectively, in
the fair value of the warrants until such warrants are
repurchased, exercised or otherwise are no longer outstanding.
We intend to use a portion of
31
the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase the
series B warrants, following which we will record no
further adjustments to their fair value in our financial
statements.
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries. Our
financial statements consolidate the financial results of our
subsidiaries, including the subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned by us. We own all of the stock of our subsidiaries, except
for 20% of our Italian subsidiary, IPG Fibertech S.r.l., 49% of
our Russian subsidiary, NTO IRE-Polus, 20% of our Japanese
subsidiary, IPG Photonics (Japan) Ltd. (IPG Japan), and 10% of
our Korean subsidiary, IPG Photonics (Korea) Ltd. We reduce or
increase our net income by the net income or loss, respectively,
attributable to the minority ownership interest in such
subsidiaries. In the event that any losses attributable to the
minority stockholders of these subsidiaries exceed the minority
interest in the equity capital of the subsidiaries, we recognize
the amount of such excess and any further losses attributable to
the minority stockholders in our consolidated statements of
operations because either the minority stockholders do not have
the ability to absorb such losses or they are not obligated to
do so. Such excess losses historically have not been significant
and we do not expect them to be significant in future periods.
Factors and Trends That Affect Our Operations and Financial
Results
In reading our financial statements, you should be aware of the
following factors and trends that our management believes are
important in understanding our financial performance.
Net sales. Our net sales have grown rapidly in recent
years. From 2002 to 2005, our net sales grew from
$22.2 million to $96.4 million, representing a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 63%. Our net sales
in the six months ended June 30, 2006 increased by 56% over
the corresponding period in 2005. The principal drivers of our
net sales growth have been (i) introduction of new
products, including our high-power lasers, and increasing demand
for our products, fueled by the decreasing average cost per watt
of output power, (ii) the expansion of our product line
into higher output power levels, (iii) the growing market
acceptance of fiber lasers, (iv) the development of new
applications for our products and new OEM customer
relationships, and (v) the increased investment by
communications system providers for broadband applications.
Although we believe we have multiple opportunities for
additional net sales growth and are planning our business
accordingly, we do not expect our net sales to continue to grow
at rates as high as those we have recently experienced. We
experienced periods of rapid growth from 1998 to 2000 and from
2002 to the present, as well as a period when net sales
decreased in 2001 and 2002 following the decline in the
communications market. Since 2002 we have diversified our end
markets and reduced our reliance on any particular industry.
In planning our business, we take into account the cyclical
nature of some of the end markets that we serve, as well as the
longer-term historical patterns in the development of our
business. For example, our net sales growth from materials
processing applications could slow if there is a decline in
investment in machinery and equipment used in manufacturing. Net
sales derived from communications sales were adversely affected
following the increase in inventory levels of communications
devices in 2000 and 2001. Furthermore, net sales can be affected
by the time taken to qualify our products for use in new
applications in the end markets that we serve. The adoption of
our products by a new customer or qualification in a new
application can lead to an increase in net sales for a period,
which may then slow until we further penetrate new markets or
customers.
Gross margin. One of our important objectives is
maintaining and improving our gross margin, which is our gross
profit expressed as a percentage of our net sales. In the last
three years our gross margins have increased from (14.4)% in
2003 to 30.4% in 2004 and 35.2% in 2005.
Our total gross margin in any period can be affected by total
net sales in any period, product mix, that is, the percentage of
our revenue in that period that is attributable to higher or
lower-power products, and by other factors, some of which are
not under our control. Due to the fact that we have high fixed
costs, our costs are difficult to adjust in response to changes
in demand. Therefore, our manufacturing costs as a percentage of
net sales are volatile and can increase or decrease depending on
total net sales reported in a period. Our product mix affects
our margins because the selling price per watt is higher for
32
low and mid-power devices than for high-power devices. The
overall cost of high-power lasers may be partially offset by
improved absorption of fixed overhead costs associated with
sales of larger volumes of higher-power products. We regularly
review our inventory for items that have been rendered obsolete
or determined to be excess, and any writeoff of such obsolete or
excess inventory affects our gross margins.
The factors that can influence the gross margins derived from
sales of any individual product include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
factors that affect the prices we can charge, including the
features and performance of our products, their output power,
the nature of the end user and application, and competitive
pressures; |
|
|
|
factors that affect the cost of our net sales, including the
cost of raw materials and components, manufacturing costs and
shipping costs; |
|
|
|
production volumes of specific product lines; and |
|
|
|
in the case of our OEM customers, the type of market that they
serve and the competitive pricing pressures faced by our OEM
customers. |
Cost of diodes. Prior to 2004, we used semiconductor
diodes purchased from a third-party supplier. In 2004, we began
production at our semiconductor diode manufacturing facility,
which enabled us to significantly reduce the cost of our
semiconductor diodes and eliminate reliance upon suppliers for
this component. For many of our products, particularly at higher
power levels, the cost of diodes is the most important factor in
determining the price of the product. In addition, we have
increased the output power of an individual semiconductor diode,
further reducing our cost per watt. We do not anticipate that
any further reductions in the cost of diodes will be as
significant as we have experienced in the past.
Sales and marketing expense. We expect to continue to
expand our worldwide direct sales organization and personnel
involved in marketing in our existing and new geographic
locations and to increase expenditures on sales and marketing
activities in order to support the growth in our net sales. As
such, we expect that our sales and marketing expenses will
increase in the aggregate.
Research and development expense. We plan to continue to
invest in research and development to improve our existing
components and products and develop new components and products.
We plan to increase the personnel involved in research and
development and expect to increase other research and
development expenses. As such, we expect our research and
development expenses will increase in the aggregate.
General and administrative expense. We expect to expand
our general and administrative personnel and other general and
administrative expenses as we expand finance and other
administrative functions to support our growth in net sales and
additional reporting and compliance requirements associated with
being a public company. As such, we expect that our general and
administrative expenses will increase in the aggregate.
Major customers. We have historically depended on a few
customers for a large percentage of our annual net sales. The
composition of this group can change from year to year. Net
sales derived from our five largest customers as a percentage of
our annual net sales was 38% in 2003, 37% in 2004 and 37% in
2005. Sales to our largest customer accounted for 17%, 20%, 13%
and 11% of our net sales in 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the six
months ended June 30, 2006, respectively. We seek to add
new customers and to expand our relationships with existing
customers. We anticipate that the composition of our net sales
to our significant customers will continue to change. If any of
our significant customers were to substantially reduce their
purchases from us, our results would be adversely affected.
Effect of preferred stock on net income and net income per
share. Our net income per share computations historically
have been impacted by our convertible preferred stock,
convertible debt and the series B warrants. Upon completion
of this offering, we will no longer have any such convertible
debt or equity instruments outstanding. As such, our net income
per share computations will no longer be adjusted
33
for the effects of these convertible instruments for the
quarters following the completion of this offering. Elsewhere in
this prospectus, we have supplementally provided pro forma net
income per share information for the year ended
December 31, 2005 and the six months ended June 30,
2006. See Selected Consolidated Financial Data.
These pro forma disclosures are intended to demonstrate the
effects on net income per share upon the completion of this
offering and the related impacts of the conversion of our
preferred stock and the repurchase of the series B warrants.
In connection with the issuance of our series B preferred
stock, we issued warrants (the series B warrants) to
purchase, in the aggregate, shares of our common stock valued at
$47.5 million at an equivalent per-share price of 50% of
the fair value on the date of an initial public offering of
common stock or the sale, merger or liquidation of our company.
The series B warrants are exercisable upon the completion
of this offering. The series B warrants constitute
freestanding derivatives that are accounted for as liabilities
at fair value and the changes in fair value of the series B
warrants are recorded as non-cash expenses or benefits. Any
increase in the fair value of the series B warrants has the
effect of reducing our reported net income and net income per
share. For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and
2005, the fair value of the series B warrants increased by
$3.7 million, $0.6 million and $0.7 million,
respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2006, the
fair value of the series B warrants increased by
$2.2 million. We will continue to incur a non-cash expense
or benefit each quarter based upon the increase or decrease,
respectively, in the fair value of the warrants until such
warrants are repurchased, exercised or otherwise are no longer
outstanding. We plan to repurchase the series B warrants
using approximately $22.1 million of the net proceeds of
this offering. In the quarter in which we complete this
offering, we will record incremental expense associated with the
series B warrants totaling approximately
$ million, representing the increase in fair value
from the carrying value on the most recent measurement date to
the $22.1 million repurchase value. In subsequent quarters,
we will not recognize any further income or expense with respect
to the series B warrants.
The terms of our series A preferred stock and series B
preferred stock include price protection or anti-dilution
features that constitute a contingent beneficial conversion
feature (or deemed dividend) that will be recorded upon the
resolution of the contingency, which will occur upon the
completion of this offering. The deemed dividend does not reduce
net income but does reduce net income applicable to common
stockholders in the computation of net income (loss) per share.
A deemed dividend totaling approximately
$ will
be recorded in the period that this offering occurs. No further
deemed dividends associated with the beneficial conversion
features related to our series A preferred stock or
series B preferred stock will be required following the
completion of this offering.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales
and expenses. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are
subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. On an ongoing
basis we re-evaluate our judgments and estimates including those
related to inventories, income taxes and the fair value of
certain debt and equity instruments including stock-based
compensation. We base our estimates and judgments on our
historical experience and on other assumptions that we believe
are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which
form the basis for making the judgments about the carrying
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent
from other sources. Actual results could differ from those
estimates, which may result in material effects on our operating
results and financial position. The accounting policies
described below are those which, in our opinion, involve the
most significant application of judgment, or involve complex
estimation, and which could, if different judgments or estimates
were made, materially affect our reported results of operations
and financial position.
Revenue recognition. Our net sales are generated from
sales of fiber lasers, fiber amplifiers, diode lasers and
complementary products. Our products are used in a wide range of
applications by different types of end users or used as
components or integrated into systems by OEMs or system
integrators, and
34
are often used as sub-assemblies required for end products
manufactured by or for the customer. We also sell communications
systems that include our fiber lasers and amplifiers as
components.
We recognize revenue in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting
Bulletin, or SAB, No. 104, Revenue Recognition.
SAB No. 104 requires that four basic criteria be met
before revenue can be recognized: (i) persuasive evidence
of an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery has occurred or
services have been rendered; (iii) the fee is fixed or
determinable; and (iv) collectibility is reasonably
assured. Revenue from the sale of our products is generally
recognized upon shipment, provided that the other revenue
recognition criteria have been met. We have no obligation to
provide upgrades, enhancements or customer support subsequent to
the sale. Revenue from orders with multiple deliverables is
divided into separate units of accounting when certain criteria
are met. The consideration for the arrangement is then allocated
to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair
values. We defer the revenue on multiple element arrangements if
the fair values of all deliverables are not known or if customer
acceptance is contingent on delivery of specified items or
performance conditions. Applicable revenue recognition criteria
are then applied separately for each separate unit of accounting.
Returns and customer credits are infrequent and are recorded as
a reduction to revenue. Rights of return are generally not
included in sales arrangements. Generally, we receive a customer
purchase order as evidence of an arrangement and product
shipment terms are free on board (F.O.B.) shipping point.
Inventory. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost
(first-in, first-out
method) or market. Inventory includes parts and components that
may be specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence.
We maintain a reserve for inventory items to provide for an
estimated amount of excess or obsolete inventory. The reserve is
based upon a review of inventory materials on hand, which we
compare with estimated future usage. In addition, we review the
inventory and compare recorded costs with estimates of current
market value. Writedowns are recorded to reduce the carrying
value to the net realizable value with respect to any part with
costs in excess of current market value. Estimating demand and
current market values is inherently difficult, particularly
given that we make unique components and products. We determine
the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory by making our
best estimate considering the current quantities of inventory on
hand and our forecast of the need for this inventory to support
future sales of our products. We often have limited information
on which to base our forecasts. If future sales differ from
these forecasts, the valuation of excess and obsolete inventory
may change. For example, as a result of commencing internal
production of our semiconductor diodes and due to the downturn
in the communications market, we recorded a charge to inventory
of $8.3 million in 2003 related to the reduction in the
carrying value of semiconductor diodes and certain other optical
components. In addition, during 2005 we recorded a charge
against the remaining diodes that had been procured from third
parties, other components and finished goods that totaled
$2.4 million.
Stock-based compensation. Prior to January 1, 2006,
we accounted for stock-based employee compensation arrangements
in accordance with the intrinsic value provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees. Therefore, we did not record any
compensation expense for stock options we granted to our
employees where the exercise price was at least equal to the
fair value of the stock on the date of grant. Due primarily to
certain stock-based compensation awarded primarily in 2000 and
2001, we have recorded significant stock-based compensation
during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003.
Those awards became fully vested during the year ended
December 31, 2004. Stock-based compensation is included in
the following financial statement captions as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2001 | |
|
2002 | |
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Cost of sales
|
|
$ |
2,574 |
|
|
$ |
789 |
|
|
$ |
577 |
|
|
$ |
218 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
37 |
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
19,148 |
|
|
|
17,260 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,608 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
9,403 |
|
|
|
3,326 |
|
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
32,733 |
|
|
$ |
21,689 |
|
|
$ |
2,203 |
|
|
$ |
903 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
We comply with the disclosure requirements of
SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148, which require
that we disclose our pro forma net income or loss and net income
or loss per common share as if we had expensed the options at
fair value. As a private company, we applied the provisions of
SFAS No. 123 using the minimum value computations,
which assume no volatility in the fair value of our common stock
underlying employee stock options. In December 2004,
SFAS No. 123 was amended (now referred to as
SFAS No. 123(R)), and we account for any newly issued,
modified or settled stock awards on or after January 1,
2006 at fair value.
We adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the prospective transition
method. Under this method, compensation costs recorded during
the six months ended June 30, 2006 include:
(i) compensation costs for all share-based payment awards
granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, January 1,
2006, based on the intrinsic value in accordance with the
original provisions of APB 25; and (ii) compensation
costs for all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS
No. 123(R). We allocate and record stock-based compensation
expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
period.
Under SFAS No. 123(R), we calculate the fair value of
stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing
model. Determining the appropriate fair value model and
calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards require
the use of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected
life of the stock-based payment awards and stock price
volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value
of stock-based payment awards represent managements best
estimates, but the estimates involve inherent uncertainties and
the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors
change and we use different assumptions, our stock-based
compensation expense could be materially different in the
future. The weighted average assumptions used in the
Black-Scholes model were 6.25 years for the expected term,
65% for the expected volatility, 4.75% for the risk-free rate
and 0% for dividend yield for the six months ended June 30,
2006. Because there is currently no public market for our common
stock, we are unable to use actual price volatility or option
life as input assumptions within our Black-Scholes valuation
model.
The weighted average expected option term for 2006 reflects the
application of the simplified method set forth in Securities and
Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB,
No. 107, which was issued in March 2005. The simplified
method defines the life as the average of the contractual term
of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all
option tranches.
Because there has been no public market for our common stock,
the fair value of our common stock was determined by our board
of directors based on consideration of relevant factors. Factors
considered by our board of directors included:
|
|
|
|
|
independent valuation reports that we received; |
|
|
|
the agreed-upon consideration paid in arms-length transactions
in the form of convertible preferred stock and common stock; |
|
|
|
the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to our
common stock at the time of each grant; |
|
|
|
historical and anticipated fluctuations in our net sales and
results of operations, which reflect our dependence on certain
key customers, the cyclical nature of certain of our end markets
and market acceptance of our products; and |
|
|
|
the risk of owning our common stock and its non-liquid nature. |
36
For the calculation of expected volatility, because there is
currently no public market for our common stock, and therefore
we lack company-specific historical and implied volatility
information, we based our estimate of expected volatility on the
expected volatility of similar entities whose share prices are
publicly available. We used the following factors to identify
similar public entities: industry, stage of life cycle, size and
profitability. We intend to continue to consistently apply this
process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient
amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our
own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances
change such that the identified entities are no longer similar
to us. In this latter case, more suitable, similar entities
whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in
the calculation.
As stock-based compensation expense recorded in our statement of
operations for the six months ended June 30, 2006 is based
on options ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for
estimated forfeitures. SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to
be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in
subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those
estimates. The stock-based compensation recorded for the six
months ended June 30, 2006 reflects an estimated forfeiture
rate of 5%. For purposes of preparing the pro forma information
required under SFAS 123 for the periods prior to 2006, we
accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.
In accordance with the prospective transition method, our
financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to
reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS 123(R).
Total employee stock-based compensation expense recorded under
SFAS 123(R) for the six months ended June 30, 2006 was
$0.1 million. We expect that our quarterly stock-based
compensation expense will increase for the remainder of 2006.
The timing of the issuance of stock options for the six months
ended June 30, 2006 resulted in a pro-rated expense charge
for the period based upon the number of days for which the stock
options were outstanding, which resulted in a smaller percentage
of expense than if they had been granted earlier in the
respective quarters in which they were granted.
Income taxes. We account for income taxes under the
provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Under this method, we determine the deferred
tax assets and liabilities based upon the difference between the
financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities
using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
differences are expected to affect taxable income. The tax
consequences of most events recognized in the current
years financial statements are included in determining
income taxes currently payable. However, because tax laws and
financial accounting standards differ in their recognition and
measurement of assets, liabilities, equity, net sales, expenses,
gains and losses, differences arise between the amount of
taxable income and pretax financial income for a year and the
tax basis of assets or liabilities and their reported amounts in
the financial statements. Because we assume that the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities will be recovered and settled,
respectively, a difference between the tax basis of an asset or
a liability and its reported amount in the balance sheet will
result in a taxable or a deductible amount in some future years
when the related assets or liabilities are settled or the
reported amount of the assets are recovered, giving rise to a
deferred tax asset or liability. We must then periodically
assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be
recovered from our future taxable income, and, to the extent we
believe that it is more likely than not our deferred tax assets
will not be recovered, we must establish a valuation allowance
against our deferred tax assets.
We have used the majority of our net operating losses in Germany
that we have previously generated and we are now paying income
taxes in Germany. We have recorded deferred tax assets related
to operating losses in Germany as we believe that no valuation
allowance was necessary. As of December 31, 2005, we have a
valuation allowance totaling $19.4 million, primarily
against U.S. federal and state net operating losses as well
as certain other U.S. timing differences. The release of
the valuation allowance will depend upon the continued
improvement in results of our U.S. operations and the
reversal of a material U.S. timing difference. If the
results of our U.S. operations continue to improve, we
expect to be able to start using the net operating losses
available in the United States and to release the valuation
allowance. Our reported net income will increase substantially
for the quarter in which we release the valuation allowance,
reflecting the reduction of our future income taxes as a result
of the utilization of the
37
prior year net operating losses. Based on our projections of
operating income and taxable income, we anticipate that we will
release the valuation allowance in the latter half of 2006.
Fair value adjustment of warrants. In connection with the
issuance of our series B preferred stock, we issued
warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, shares of our common
stock valued at $47.5 million at an equivalent per-share
price of 50% of the fair value on the date of an initial public
offering of our common stock or the sale, merger or liquidation
of our company. The warrants are treated as a free-standing
derivative under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.
SFAS No. 133 requires us to record a non-cash expense
or benefit each quarter, based upon the increase or decrease in
the fair value of the warrants, until such warrants are
repurchased, exercised or otherwise are no longer outstanding.
We periodically assess the fair value of the warrants by
estimating the probability that the warrants will be exercised
based upon our estimate of the increase or decrease in the
likelihood of an initial public offering, merger, liquidation or
sale of the majority of our common stock prior to the
warrants expiration. Estimating these probabilities is
inherently difficult.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations
data for the periods indicated in dollar amounts and expressed
as a percentage of net sales.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
41,630 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
64,927 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales
|
|
|
38,583 |
|
|
|
114.4 |
|
|
|
42,274 |
|
|
|
69.6 |
|
|
|
62,481 |
|
|
|
64.8 |
|
|
|
28,437 |
|
|
|
68.3 |
|
|
|
39,119 |
|
|
|
60.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross (loss) profit
|
|
|
(4,843 |
) |
|
|
(14.4 |
) |
|
|
18,433 |
|
|
|
30.4 |
|
|
|
33,904 |
|
|
|
35.2 |
|
|
|
13,193 |
|
|
|
31.7 |
|
|
|
25,808 |
|
|
|
39.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
2,110 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
3,236 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
1,538 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
|
|
3.6 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
10,063 |
|
|
|
29.8 |
|
|
|
4,831 |
|
|
|
8.0 |
|
|
|
5,788 |
|
|
|
6.0 |
|
|
|
2,873 |
|
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
|
2,622 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
9,998 |
|
|
|
29.6 |
|
|
|
8,179 |
|
|
|
13.5 |
|
|
|
10,598 |
|
|
|
11.0 |
|
|
|
4,352 |
|
|
|
10.5 |
|
|
|
5,813 |
|
|
|
9.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
22,171 |
|
|
|
65.7 |
|
|
|
15,373 |
|
|
|
25.4 |
|
|
|
19,622 |
|
|
|
20.4 |
|
|
|
8,763 |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
10,778 |
|
|
|
16.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating (loss) income
|
|
|
(27,014 |
) |
|
|
(80.1 |
) |
|
|
3,060 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
14,282 |
|
|
|
14.8 |
|
|
|
4,430 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
15,030 |
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(1,505 |
) |
|
|
(4.5 |
) |
|
|
(2,150 |
) |
|
|
(3.5 |
) |
|
|
(1,840 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
(969 |
) |
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(709 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
|
|
|
(3,664 |
) |
|
|
(10.9 |
) |
|
|
(615 |
) |
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
(745 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(2,219 |
) |
|
|
(3.4 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
1,647 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Loss) income before benefit from (provision for) income taxes
and minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(30,536 |
) |
|
|
(90.6 |
) |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
11,933 |
|
|
|
12.3 |
|
|
|
3,288 |
|
|
|
7.8 |
|
|
|
12,114 |
|
|
|
18.6 |
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
6.5 |
|
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
(4,080 |
) |
|
|
(4.2 |
) |
|
|
(1,219 |
) |
|
|
(2.9 |
) |
|
|
(5,598 |
) |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(426 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(398 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
|
(83.7 |
)% |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
% |
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
% |
|
$ |
2,150 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
|
9.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 to Six
Months Ended June 30, 2005
Net sales. Our net sales increased by $23.3 million,
or 56.0%, to $64.9 million in the six months ended
June 30, 2006 from $41.6 million in the six months
ended June 30, 2005. This increase was primarily
attributable to a higher volume of sales of fiber lasers in
materials processing applications, where net sales increased by
$20.2 million or by 86.9% of the total increase in net
sales. Communications accounted for 13.0% of the increase in net
sales. The growth in net sales resulted primarily from increased
market acceptance of high-power fiber lasers and the continued
growth in sales of low and medium-power fiber lasers for
materials processing. Net sales growth was also driven by
increased sales of fiber amplifiers used in broadband systems in
the United States and communications systems in Europe.
Cost of sales and gross margin. Our costs of sales
increased by $10.7 million, or 37.7%, to $39.1 million
in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from
$28.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005,
as a result of the increased sales volume. Our gross margin
increased to 39.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2006
from 31.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2005 because of
a reduction in the cost of our internally manufactured optical
components, including semiconductor diodes, more favorable
absorption of fixed manufacturing costs as a result of higher
production volumes and, to a lesser extent, a shift in product
mix including increased sales of higher-margin low and mid-power
fiber lasers and reduced sales of certain types of lower-margin
fiber amplifiers. The increase in gross margin was partially
offset by greater sales of lower-margin high-power fiber lasers.
Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense
increased by $0.8 million, or 53.3%, to $2.3 million
in the six months ended June 30, 2006 from
$1.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005,
primarily as a result of a $0.4 million increase in
personnel costs due to increases in sales commissions and the
expansion of our worldwide direct sales organization driven by
the increase in net sales.
Research and development expense. Research and
development expense decreased by $0.3 million, or 10.3%, to
$2.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006
from $2.9 million in the six months ended June 30,
2005. This reduction in research and development expenses for
the six months ended June 30, 2006 was primarily
attributable to the timing of research and development projects
and is not indicative of any reduction in our commitment to
research and development.
General and administrative expense. General and
administrative expense increased by $1.4 million, or 31.8%,
to $5.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006
from $4.4 million in the six months ended June 30,
2005, primarily due to a $0.3 million increase in
consulting costs and other administrative expenses. Personnel
expenses related to general and administrative expense were
approximately the same in the six months ended June 30,
2006 compared to the same period of 2005 despite an increase in
headcount because the expenses for 2005 included bonuses to
certain employees of $0.4 million.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net decreased by
$0.3 million, or 30%, to $0.7 million in the six
months ended June 30, 2006 from $1.0 million in the
six months ended June 30, 2005, resulting from the
repayment of term debt as well as lower utilization of our
credit lines in Germany in the six months ended June 30,
2006.
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. The fair
value of the series B warrants increased by
$2.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 due
to an increase in managements estimate of the probability
of completion of an initial public offering prior to the
expiration of the warrants.
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes. Our provision
for income tax expense increased by $4.4 million, to a
provision of $5.6 million in the six months ended
June 30, 2006 from $1.2 million in the six months
ended June 30, 2005 representing an effective tax rate of
39.0% in the six months ended June 30, 2006 as compared to
33.8% in the same period of 2005. The increase in the provision
for income taxes was driven by an increase in earnings before
tax of $8.8 million to $12.1 million in the six months
ended June 30, 2006 from $3.3 million in the same
period of 2005, as well as changes in the relative amounts of
our taxable income generated throughout various tax
jurisdictions.
39
Net income (loss). Net income increased by
$3.9 million, or more than 100%, to $6.1 million for
the six months ended June 30, 2006 from $2.2 million
for the same period in 2005 and our net income margin increased
by 4.2 percentage points to 9.4% of net sales for the six
months ended June 30, 2006 from 5.2% of net sales for the
same period in 2005.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2005 to Year Ended
December 31, 2004
Net sales. Our net sales increased by $35.7 million,
or 58.8%, to $96.4 million in 2005 from $60.7 million
in 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to higher
sales of fiber lasers in the materials processing market, where
net sales increased by $18.4 million or 51.5% of the total
increase in net sales. Communications, medical and advanced
applications each accounted for an approximately equal portion
of the remaining increase in net sales. The growth in net sales
resulted primarily from increased market acceptance of fiber
lasers in materials processing applications, particularly
high-power fiber lasers, and to a lesser extent, broadband
systems rollouts that increased fiber amplifier sales. In
addition, sales for medical applications grew by almost
$5.9 million to $7.4 million in 2005 due principally
to qualification of our products by a customer in 2004.
Cost of sales and gross margin. Our cost of sales
increased by $20.2 million, or 47.8%, to $62.5 million
in 2005 from $42.3 million in 2004, as a result of
increased sales volumes. Our gross margin increased to 35.2% in
2005 from 30.4% in 2004 because of a reduction in the cost of
our internally manufactured components, including semiconductor
diodes, and more favorable absorption of fixed manufacturing
costs as a result of higher production volumes. The increase in
gross margin was partially offset by higher manufacturing and
labor costs and a shift in product mix to sales of lower-margin
high-power fiber lasers and lower-margin fiber amplifiers as
well as slightly reduced sales of higher-margin low-power fiber
lasers.
Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense
increased by $0.8 million, or 33.3%, to $3.2 million
in 2005 from $2.4 million in 2004 as a result of a
$0.4 million increase in personnel costs associated with
the increase in sales commissions and the expansion of our
worldwide direct sales organization.
Research and development expense. Research and
development expense increased by $1.0 million, or 20.8%, to
$5.8 million in 2005 from $4.8 million in 2004. The
increase in our research and development expense was primarily
attributable to a $1.9 million increase in personnel costs
due to increased headcount, which was partially offset by a
decrease in other development expenses.
General and administrative expense. General and
administrative expense increased by $2.4 million, or 29.3%,
to $10.6 million in 2005 from $8.2 million in 2004,
primarily due to a $2.7 million increase in personnel
costs, partially offset by a $0.5 million decrease in
certain other expenses such as travel and lease expenses.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net decreased by
$0.4 million, or 18.2%, to $1.8 million in 2005 from
$2.2 million in 2004. The decrease resulted from the
repayment of debt.
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. The fair
value of the series B warrants increased by
$0.1 million to $0.7 million in 2005 from
$0.6 million in 2004 due to an increase in the probability
of their exercise as well as a lower total discount related to
the time value of money.
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes. Our provision
for income tax expense increased by $5.7 million, to
$4.1 million in 2005 from a benefit of $1.6 million in
2004, representing an effective tax rate of 32.2% in 2005 and
more than negative 100% in 2004. The $1.6 million benefit
in 2004 largely reflects the reversal of $1.6 million in
reserves for prior year taxes as a result of the completion of a
tax audit in the United States. The relative amounts of our
taxable income generated between Germany and the United States
have a significant impact on our effective rate. In each of 2005
and 2004, we did not provide any benefits on our operating
losses in the United States, whereas in Germany we have
historically been profitable and recorded a tax provision
without a valuation allowance. Absent the effects of the
valuation allowance, our blended worldwide effective tax rate is
estimated to have been approximately 40% in each of 2005 and
2004.
40
Net income (loss). Our net income increased by
$5.4 million to $7.4 million in 2005 from
$2.0 million in 2004 and our net income margin increased by
4.4 percentage points to 7.7% of net sales in 2005 from
3.3% of net sales in 2004.
Comparison of Year Ended December 31, 2004 to Year Ended
December 31, 2003
Net sales. Our net sales increased by $27.0 million,
or 80.1%, to $60.7 million in 2004 from $33.7 million
in 2003. This increase was primarily attributable to a higher
volume of sales of fiber lasers in the materials processing
market, where net sales increased by $18.3 million.
Communications equipment accounted for $4.5 million of the
increase in net sales. The growth in net sales resulted
primarily from increased market acceptance of fiber lasers for
materials processing applications, as well as broadband systems
rollouts that increased fiber amplifier sales. In 2004, our
sales of high-power lasers began to increase as compared to
2003, when these products were still largely in the prototype
phase, such that the increase in our net sales was also
attributable to higher unit sales of high-power (generally one
kilowatt and above) fiber lasers introduced in prior years. In
addition, sales for medical applications grew by almost
$1.3 million to $1.5 million in 2004 due principally
to qualification of our products by a customer in 2004.
Cost of sales and gross margin. Our cost of sales
increased by $3.7 million, or 9.6%, to $42.3 million
in 2004 from $38.6 million in 2003. The increase in
materials costs related to increased sales volumes was partially
offset by a reduction in charges related to inventory reserves.
Excluding $8.3 million inventory reserves that we recorded
in 2003, our cost of sales increased by $12.0 million, or
39.6%, in 2004 from 2003. Excluding the impact of this inventory
reserve provision, our gross margin increased to 30.3% in 2004
from 10.1% in 2003 because of a reduction in our cost of
materials resulting from a decrease in the cost of our
semiconductor diodes resulting from our shift to in-house
production from third-party suppliers, more favorable absorption
of fixed manufacturing costs as a result of our increased
production volume and a shift in product mix to sales of
higher-margin low-power fiber lasers. The increase in gross
margin was partially offset by an increase in sales of
lower-margin fiber amplifiers.
Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense
increased by $0.3 million, or 14.3%, to $2.4 million
in 2004 from $2.1 million in 2003 as a result of increases
in personnel costs associated with the increase in sales
commissions as a result of net sales growth and the expansion of
our worldwide direct sales organization.
Research and development expense. Research and
development expense decreased by $5.3 million, or 52.5%, to
$4.8 million in 2004 from $10.1 million in 2003. The
decrease in our research and development expense was primarily
attributable to the fact that we began commercial production of
our diodes in the first quarter of 2004. The costs related to
the diode manufacturing facility that were previously classified
as research and development were now classified as cost of
sales. Excluding the expenses related to the diode manufacturing
facility, research and development expense decreased by
$1.4 million, or 22.6%, to $4.8 million in 2004 from
$6.2 million in 2003.
General and administrative expense. General and
administrative expense decreased by $1.8 million, or 18%,
to $8.2 million in 2004 from $10.0 million in 2003,
primarily due to a $0.5 million decrease in professional
fees costs and a $0.5 million decrease in stock-based
compensation.
Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net increased by
$0.7 million, or 46.7%, to $2.2 million from
$1.5 million in 2003, as a result of additional interest
charges relating to the issuance of a note to a supplier and the
increased use of lines of credit on which the interest rates
exceeded our weighted average cost of bank debt.
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants. The fair
value of the series B warrants decreased by
$3.1 million to $0.6 million in 2004 from
$3.7 million in 2003 due to a higher total discount related
to the time value of money.
(Provision for) benefit from income taxes. Our benefit
from income taxes decreased by $0.6 million, to
$1.6 million in 2004 from a benefit of $2.2 million in
2003. In 2004, we released a $1.6 million reserve for prior
year taxes upon the completion of a tax audit of our
U.S. operations for the
41
years 1999 through 2001. Our effective tax rates in each of 2004
and 2003 were impacted by the relative amounts of our taxable
income generated between Germany and the United States and the
full valuation allowance provided against U.S. timing
differences as well as net operating loss carryforwards.
Net income (loss). Our net income (loss) increased by
$30.2 million to net income of $2.0 million in 2004
from a net loss of $28.2 million in 2003 and our net income
margin increased to 3.3% of net sales in 2004 from (83.7)% of
net sales in 2003.
Selected Quarterly Results
The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly
financial information for our last six quarters. The unaudited
interim consolidated financial information contained herein has
been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements and, in the opinion of management, includes
all adjustments, consisting of only normal recurring
adjustments, that we consider necessary to fairly present such
information when read together with the audited consolidated
financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sep. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
Net sales
|
|
$ |
18,788 |
|
|
$ |
22,843 |
|
|
$ |
20,607 |
|
|
$ |
34,147 |
|
|
$ |
32,743 |
|
|
$ |
32,184 |
|
Cost of sales
|
|
|
12,937 |
|
|
|
15,501 |
|
|
|
13,325 |
|
|
|
20,718 |
|
|
|
20,278 |
|
|
|
18,841 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
5,851 |
|
|
|
7,342 |
|
|
|
7,282 |
|
|
|
13,429 |
|
|
|
12,465 |
|
|
|
13,343 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
650 |
|
|
|
887 |
|
|
|
817 |
|
|
|
882 |
|
|
|
1,080 |
|
|
|
1,263 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,370 |
|
|
|
1,504 |
|
|
|
1,303 |
|
|
|
1,611 |
|
|
|
1,235 |
|
|
|
1,387 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
1,793 |
|
|
|
2,559 |
|
|
|
2,337 |
|
|
|
3,909 |
|
|
|
2,659 |
|
|
|
3,154 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
3,813 |
|
|
|
4,950 |
|
|
|
4,457 |
|
|
|
6,402 |
|
|
|
4,974 |
|
|
|
5,804 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
2,038 |
|
|
|
2,392 |
|
|
|
2,825 |
|
|
|
7,027 |
|
|
|
7,491 |
|
|
|
7,539 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(514 |
) |
|
|
(454 |
) |
|
|
(442 |
) |
|
|
(430 |
) |
|
|
(355 |
) |
|
|
(354 |
) |
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
|
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
|
(159 |
) |
|
|
(163 |
) |
|
|
(268 |
) |
|
|
(1,862 |
) |
|
|
(357 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interests
in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
1,367 |
|
|
|
1,922 |
|
|
|
2,275 |
|
|
|
6,369 |
|
|
|
5,282 |
|
|
|
6,832 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(468 |
) |
|
|
(751 |
) |
|
|
(818 |
) |
|
|
(2,043 |
) |
|
|
(2,833 |
) |
|
|
(2,765 |
) |
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(107 |
) |
|
|
(401 |
) |
|
|
(288 |
) |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
976 |
|
|
$ |
1,176 |
|
|
$ |
1,350 |
|
|
$ |
3,925 |
|
|
$ |
2,161 |
|
|
$ |
3,957 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
The following table presents certain unaudited quarterly
information as a percentage of our net sales for our last six
quarters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
Sep. 30, | |
|
Dec. 31, | |
|
Mar. 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Net sales
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales
|
|
|
68.9 |
|
|
|
67.9 |
|
|
|
64.7 |
|
|
|
60.7 |
|
|
|
61.9 |
|
|
|
58.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
|
32.1 |
|
|
|
35.3 |
|
|
|
39.3 |
|
|
|
38.1 |
|
|
|
41.5 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
4.0 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
6.6 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
11.2 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
11.4 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
|
|
9.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
20.3 |
|
|
|
21.7 |
|
|
|
21.6 |
|
|
|
18.7 |
|
|
|
15.2 |
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
|
|
|
20.6 |
|
|
|
22.9 |
|
|
|
23.5 |
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
(2.7 |
) |
|
|
(2.0 |
) |
|
|
(2.1 |
) |
|
|
(1.3 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
|
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(0.8 |
) |
|
|
(5.7 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before provision for income taxes and minority interests
in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
11.1 |
|
|
|
18.6 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
|
|
21.3 |
|
Provision for income taxes
|
|
|
(2.5 |
) |
|
|
(3.3 |
) |
|
|
(4.0 |
) |
|
|
(6.0 |
) |
|
|
(8.7 |
) |
|
|
(8.6 |
) |
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(1.2 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
6.6 |
% |
|
|
11.4 |
% |
|
|
6.5 |
% |
|
|
12.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our net sales fluctuate on a quarterly basis and increased from
$18.8 million in the quarter ended March 31, 2005 to
$32.2 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2006,
primarily due to the increased acceptance of our lasers in
industrial markets. Our sales have been and will continue to be
impacted by the timing of our shipments and customer acceptance
of our products. For example, we experienced sequential growth
in net sales in the first and second quarter of 2005. In the
quarter ended September 30, 2005, our net sales declined as
the revenue from one high-power laser shipped in that quarter
had to be deferred until the fourth quarter of 2005 due to
delayed installation and customer acceptance.
Our gross margin generally improved over the six quarters ended
June 30, 2006, ranging from 31.1% to 41.5%. Gross profit
varies from quarter to quarter depending upon changes in the
level of net sales and upon customer and product mix. Such
changes can impact our absorption of our indirect manufacturing
costs. Furthermore, the level of gross profit in a quarter can
be reduced by the need to record additional inventory provisions.
Our operating margin also fluctuated from quarter to quarter,
although it improved as our net sales increased in the fourth
quarter of 2005 and the first two quarters of 2006. The higher
level of net sales and increase in gross profit in those
quarters enabled us to reduce our operating expenses as a
percentage of sales and improve our operating margin. Our
operating margin decreased from 10.8% in the first quarter of
2005 to 10.4% in the second quarter of 2005 despite an increase
in sales over the same period, then increased to 20.6% in the
fourth quarter of 2005 and 23.5% in the second quarter of 2006.
The decline in operating margin in the second quarter of 2005
was due primarily to an increase in operating expenses in that
period, which offset the increase in gross profit. Operating
expenses were higher in the second quarter, primarily due to
personnel expenses relating to bonus payments and accounting and
legal fees.
Our quarterly net sales and operating results have fluctuated in
the past and are likely to continue to vary from quarter to
quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are not within
our control.
43
Therefore, we do not believe that our operating results in any
quarter or quarters should be relied upon as an accurate
indicator of our future performance. In future periods, the
market price of our common stock could decline if our net sales
and results of operations are below the expectations of analysts
and investors. Factors that may cause our net sales and
operating results to fluctuate include those discussed in
Risk Factors.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We have financed our operations through internally generated
cash flow from operations which includes, from time to time,
deposits made by our customers when they place orders with us
and private sales of common and preferred stock.
In addition to these sources, we negotiated
line-of-credit
facilities and term bank loans with our banks in the United
States, Germany, Japan and Italy. A summary of these financing
arrangements is shown below.
The following table details our
line-of-credit
facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description |
|
Available Principal |
|
Interest Rate |
|
Maturity |
|
Security |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro Overdraft Facility
|
|
Euro 4.4 million ($5.5 million) |
|
7.5%-8.0%, depending upon principal outstanding |
|
Euro 2.0 million ($2.5 million) available through
September 2006
Euro 2.4 million ($3.0 million) available through
March 2010 |
|
Common pool of assets of German subsidiary |
U.S. Demand Line(1)
|
|
80% of eligible receivables, up to $7,000,000 |
|
LIBOR plus 4.0% |
|
June 2008 |
|
All assets held by our U.S. parent company (IPG Photonics
Corporation) |
Japanese Overdraft Facility
|
|
100% of eligible receivables, up to JPY700,000,000
($6.0 million) |
|
1.88% |
|
September 2006 |
|
Pool of assets of Japanese subsidiary |
|
|
(1) |
This loan has a minimum debt service coverage covenant, which
requires that we maintain a ratio of not less than 1.20:1.00 of
(i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization, plus stock-based compensation and fair value
adjustments to the series B warrants, less unfunded capital
expenditures and cash taxes paid, divided by (ii)(a) current
maturities of long-term debt and capital leases, plus
(b) interest expense, measured as of each fiscal quarter.
After the completion of this offering, we also will be required
to maintain a ratio of not less than 2.50:1.00 of current assets
to current liabilities and a ratio of not less than 2.01:1.00 of
total liabilities to tangible net worth, measured each fiscal
quarter. |
We also have two credit lines with total availability of
$0.7 million which bear interest at rates ranging from 4.0%
to 7.6% and are secured by assets of our Italian subsidiary.
44
The following table details our fixed-term debt. We plan to use
a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay this
fixed-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Description |
|
Principal | |
|
Interest Rate | |
|
Maturity |
|
Security |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
U.S. Construction Loan(1)
|
|
|
$5.8 million |
|
|
|
7.9% |
|
|
January 2007 |
|
Property and plant in United States |
Euro Construction Loans
|
|
|
$7.1 million |
|
|
|
5.25% |
|
|
September 2006 to December 2010 |
|
Property and plant in Germany |
Other Euro-fixed term debt
|
|
|
$6.3 million |
|
|
|
4.2-6.5% |
|
|
December 2006 to December 2019 |
|
Property, plant and equipment, receivables and other assets in
Germany |
|
|
(1) |
The construction loan has a minimum debt service coverage
covenant, which requires that we maintain a ratio of not less
than 1.20:1.00 of (i) net profit plus depreciation and
amortization divided by (ii)(a) current maturities of long-term
debt and capital leases, plus (b) interest expense,
measured each fiscal year. |
The financial covenants in our loan documents may cause us to
not take or to delay investments and actions that we might
otherwise undertake because of limits on capital expenditures
and amounts that we can borrow or lease. In the event that we do
not comply with any one of these covenants, we would be in
default under the loan agreement or loan agreements, which may
result in acceleration of the debt, cross-defaults on other debt
and a reduction in available liquidity, any of which could harm
our results of operations and financial condition.
The improved performance of our business beginning in 2003
enabled us to negotiate the U.S. demand
line-of-credit facility
in the fourth quarter of 2004 and, in the second quarter of
2005, obtain the release of restricted cash held by a lender. In
the second quarter of 2005, we obtained a new loan in Germany to
finance part of the acquisition costs of a building there. The
Japanese line of credit was negotiated in the third quarter of
2005 to finance the accounts receivable of IPG Japan as a result
of the increase in net sales of that company.
While historically the use of lines of credit and bank term debt
have been important sources of financing for us, we expect to
repay substantially all of our term financing facilities with
the proceeds of this offering. See Use of Proceeds.
We intend to maintain availability under our lines of credit to
finance our short-term working capital requirements that may
arise from time to time.
Our principal sources of liquidity as of June 30, 2006
consisted of cash and cash equivalents of $11.3 million,
unused credit lines and overdraft facilities of
$8.9 million and working capital of $22.7 million.
This compares to cash and cash equivalents of $7.0 million,
unused credit lines and overdraft facilities of
$3.8 million and working capital of $30.1 million as
of June 30, 2005.
Operating activities. Cash provided by operating
activities was $10.3 million and $1.5 million in the
six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The
increase in cash provided by operating activities of
$8.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006 as
compared to the six months ended June 30, 2005 was
primarily due to the increase in net income of $3.9 million
and an increase in deferred income taxes as well as accounts
payable, partially offset by an increase in inventory levels.
Cash flows generated by operating activities were
$13.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to cash generated by operating activities of
$6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 and
cash used by operating activities of $1.1 million in the
year ended December 31, 2003.
Given our vertical integration, rigorous and time-consuming
testing procedures for both internally manufactured and
externally purchased components and the lead time required to
manufacture components used in our finished product, the rate at
which we turn inventory has historically been low when compared
to our cost of sales. We do not expect this to change
significantly in the future and believe that we will have to
maintain a relatively high level of inventory compared to our
cost of sales. As a result
45
we continue to expect to have a significant amount of working
capital invested in inventory and for changes in our level of
inventory to lead to an increase in cash generated from our
operations when it is sold or a decrease in cash generated from
our operations at times when the amount of inventory is
increasing. A reduction in our level of net sales or the rate of
growth of our net sales from their current levels would mean
that the rate which we are able to convert our inventory into
accounts receivable would decrease.
Investing activities. Cash used in investing activities
was $8.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2006
as compared to cash generated from investing activities of
$0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2005.
The cash used in investing activities in the six months ended
June 30, 2006 was related to capital expenditures on plant
and machinery and equipment, primarily in the United States and
Germany. In the six months ended June 30, 2005, capital
expenditures of $6.5 million were offset by a one-time cash
inflow from investing activities of $6.6 million related to
the release of restricted cash. We expect to continue to invest
in plant and machinery and to use a significant amount of our
cash generated from operations to finance capital expenditures.
The timing and extent of any capital expenditures in and between
periods can have a significant effect on the cash flow available
for financing activities. Many of the capital expenditure
projects that we undertake have long lead times and are
difficult to cancel or defer in the event that our net sales are
reduced or if our rate of growth slows, with the result that it
would be difficult to defer committed capital expenditures to a
later period. Cash used in investing activities was
$8.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to $3.9 million in the year ended
December 31, 2004 and $0.1 million in the year ended
December 31, 2003.
Financing activities. Cash provided by financing
activities was $0.4 million in the six months ended
June 30, 2006 as compared to $2.8 million in the six
months ended June 30, 2005. The primary uses of cash in
financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2006
were for the repayment of long-term debt in Germany, the United
States and Russia of $1.9 million, $0.2 million and
$0.6 million, respectively, as compared to
$0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.0 million,
respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2005. In the
six months ended June 30, 2006, the cash outflows related
to the repayment of term debt were offset by net inflows of
$2.2 million relating to amounts drawn down against lines
of credit and overdraft facilities and proceeds of
$0.9 million from the exercise of stock options. In the six
months ended June 30, 2005, the cash outflows related to
the repayment of term debt were offset by a cash inflow of
$2.2 million relating to a new German mortgage used to
finance the acquisition of a building and net drawdowns of
$0.9 million against lines of credit and overdraft
facilities. Cash provided by financing activities was
$1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2005 as
compared to cash used in financing activities of
$0.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2004 and
cash provided by financing activities of $0.4 million in
the year ended December 31, 2003.
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to repurchase the series B warrants and to repay
bank debt owed by us. See Use of Proceeds. We
believe that the remaining net proceeds from this offering,
along with our existing cash balances, our cash flows from
operations, and borrowings available under our credit
facilities, will provide us with sufficient liquidity to meet
our current and anticipated financial obligations, committed
capital expenditures, and other liquidity needs through at least
the next 12 months. Our future long-term capital
requirements will depend on many factors including our rate of
net sales growth, the timing and extent of spending to support
development efforts, the expansion of our sales and marketing
activities, the timing and introductions of new products, the
need to ensure access to adequate manufacturing capacity and the
continuing market acceptance of our products. We have made no
arrangements to obtain additional financing, and there is no
assurance that such financing, if required or desired, will be
available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.
46
Contractual Obligations
The following table describes our contractual obligations as of
December 31, 2005 (in thousands).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due in | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less Than | |
|
|
|
More Than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
1-3 Years | |
|
3-5 Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Operating lease obligations
|
|
$ |
3,386 |
|
|
$ |
1,094 |
|
|
$ |
1,679 |
|
|
$ |
613 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Long-term debt obligations (including interest)
|
|
|
28,573 |
|
|
|
11,845 |
|
|
|
12,900 |
|
|
|
1,346 |
|
|
|
2,482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
31,959 |
|
|
$ |
12,939 |
|
|
$ |
14,579 |
|
|
$ |
1,959 |
|
|
$ |
2,482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of the total long-term debt obligations, $4.6 million were
repaid in July 2006, $5.1 million were repaid in August
2006 and we intend to repay an additional $15.9 million
with the net proceeds of this offering. In addition, upon
completion of this offering, we will issue subordinated notes
totaling $20 million in principal amount to the holders of
our series B preferred stock. The subordinated notes will
be due on the third anniversary of the date of issuance and will
bear interest at the greater of the short-term applicable
Federal rate or 4% in the first year, 7% in the second year and
10% in the third year.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of
business, which consists primarily of interest rate risk
associated with our cash and cash equivalents and our debt and
foreign exchange rate risk.
Interest rate risk. Our investments have limited exposure
to market risk. To minimize this risk, we maintain a portfolio
of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, consisting
primarily of bank deposits, money market funds and short-term
government funds. The interest rates are variable and fluctuate
with current market conditions. Because of the short-term nature
of these instruments, a sudden change in market interest rates
would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial
condition or results of operations.
Our exposure to market risk also relates to the increase or
decrease in the amount of interest expense we must pay on our
bank debt and borrowings on our bank credit facilities. The
interest rate on our existing bank debt is currently fixed
except for our U.S. demand line of credit. The rates on our
Euro overdraft facilities in Germany and Italy and our Japanese
Yen overdraft facility are fixed for twelve-month periods.
Approximately 82% of our outstanding debt has a fixed rate of
interest. We do not believe that a 10% change in market interest
rates would have a material impact on our financial position or
results of operations.
Exchange rates. Due to our international operations, a
significant portion of our net sales, cost of sales and
operating expenses in 2005 were denominated in currencies other
than the U.S. dollar, principally the Euro and the Japanese
Yen. As a result, our international operations give rise to
transactional market risk associated with exchange rate
movements of the U.S. dollar, the Euro and the Japanese
Yen. Charges related to losses on foreign exchange transactions
are reported as a component of general and administrative
expense and totaled $0.1 million, $0.3 million and
$0.7 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.
Historically, we have not utilized any derivative instruments or
other measures to protect us against foreign currency exchange
rate fluctuations. We will continue to analyze our exposure to
currency exchange rate fluctuations and may engage in financial
hedging techniques in the future to attempt to minimize the
effect of these potential fluctuations. However, exchange rate
fluctuations may adversely affect our financial results in the
future.
47
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs an Amendment of ARB
No. 43, Chapter 4, which revised ARB
No. 43, relating to inventory costs. This revision is
intended to clarify the accounting for abnormal amounts of idle
facility expense, freight, handling costs and wasted material
(spoilage). This accounting standard, which is effective for
inventory costs for annual periods beginning after
January 1, 2006, requires that these items be recorded as a
current period charge regardless of whether they meet the
criterion specified in ARB No. 43. In addition, this
accounting standard requires the allocation of fixed production
overheads to the costs of conversion be based on normal capacity
of the production facilities. The adoption of
SFAS No. 151 did not have a material effect on our
financial position or results of operations.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards
Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a
recognition threshold and measurement process for recording in
the financial statements uncertain tax positions taken or
expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides
guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and
transitions. FIN 48 will be effective for us beginning
January 1, 2007. We are currently analyzing the effects, if
any, of the adoption of FIN 48. We do not anticipate that
adoption of FIN 48 to have a material impact on our results
of operations or financial condition.
48
BUSINESS
Our Company
We are the leading developer and manufacturer of a broad line of
high-performance fiber lasers for diverse applications in
numerous markets. Since our founding in 1990, we have pioneered
the development and commercialization of optical fiber-based
lasers. Fiber lasers are a new generation of lasers that combine
the advantages of semiconductor diodes, such as long life and
high efficiency, with the high amplification and precise beam
qualities of specialty optical fibers to deliver superior
performance, reliability and usability at a lower total cost of
ownership compared to conventional lasers. Our products are
displacing traditional lasers in many current applications and
enabling new applications for lasers. Our vertically integrated
operations allow us to rapidly develop and integrate advanced
products, protect our proprietary technology and ensure access
to critical components while reducing manufacturing costs.
We manufacture and sell an extensive array of fiber lasers and
amplifiers across a wide power range to a well-established
customer base in numerous applications across diverse industries:
|
|
|
|
|
Materials Processing. Our fiber lasers are used in a
diverse range of materials processing applications: marking,
engraving and printing; welding, cutting, drilling, soldering
and hardening; and high precision machining. Examples of such
processes using our low and mid-power fiber lasers include
razorblade, stent and pacemaker manufacturing, integrated
circuit marking and trimming; semiconductor memory repair and
trimming; and computer disk manufacturing and texturing.
Examples of such processes using our high-power fiber lasers
include cutting and welding metal blanks, sheets, frames and
transmissions in the automotive industry; welding aluminum and
titanium air frames in the aerospace industry; hardening,
cutting and welding in heavy industries such as nuclear power,
pipelines, ships and rail cars; and drilling and cutting
concrete and rock. |
|
|
|
Communications. Our fiber amplifiers are used in the
deployment of interactive and advanced triple-play
broadband services that include video, high-speed internet and
telephony services, as well as in wireline transport networks.
We also sell integrated transport systems for ultra-long-haul
optical dense wavelength multiplexing networks. |
|
|
|
Medical. Our lasers are used for applications as
components in medical laser systems, driven by aesthetic
applications such as skin resurfacing and rejuvenation. Other
soft-tissue applications include dentistry, urology, surgery and
vision correction. |
|
|
|
Advanced Applications. Our fiber lasers and amplifiers
are utilized by commercial firms and by academic, government and
other institutions worldwide for commercial products and for
research in advanced technologies and products. Our products are
used in the aerospace, research, scientific and test and
measurement markets. |
For the six months ended June 30, 2006, materials
processing accounted for 72.6% of our net sales and
communications, medical and advanced applications accounted for
12.8%, 7.6% and 7.0%, respectively, of our net sales. In
addition to these existing applications, we believe that there
are numerous prospective uses for our fiber laser and amplifier
products.
Our headquarters and manufacturing facilities are located in
Oxford, Massachusetts. We have additional manufacturing
facilities in Germany, Russia and Italy, and regional sales
offices in the United States, Japan, South Korea, India and the
United Kingdom. We have shipped over 21,000 units and, in 2005,
we shipped to more than 300 customers worldwide. For the year
ended December 31, 2005, we reported net sales of
$96.4 million and net income of $7.4 million. For the
six months ended June 30, 2006, we reported net sales of
$64.9 million and net income of $6.1 million.
49
Industry Background
|
|
|
Traditional Laser Technologies |
Since the laser was invented over 45 years ago, laser
technology has revolutionized a broad range of applications and
products in various industries, including automotive, medical,
research, consumer products, electronics, semiconductors and
communications. Lasers provide flexible, non-contact and
high-speed ways to process and treat various materials. They are
widely used to transmit large volumes of data in optical
communications systems, in various medical applications and in
test and measurement systems. For a wide variety of
applications, lasers provide superior performance and a more
cost-effective solution than non-laser technologies.
Lasers emit an intense light beam that can be focused on a small
area, causing metals and other materials to melt, vaporize or
change their character. These properties are utilized in
applications requiring very high-power densities, such as
marking, printing, welding, cutting and other materials
processing procedures. Lasers are well-suited for imaging and
inspection applications, and the ability to confine laser light
to narrow wavelengths makes them particularly effective in
medical and sensing applications. A laser works by converting
electrical energy to optical energy. In a laser, an energy
source excites or pumps a lasing medium, which converts the
energy from the source into an emission consisting of particles
of light, called photons, at a particular wavelength. Lasers are
used as an energy or light source for various applications. They
are also incorporated into manufacturing, medical and other
systems by original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), system
integrators and end users.
Historically,
CO2
gas lasers and crystal lasers have been the two principal laser
types used in materials processing and many other applications.
They are named for the materials used to create the lasing
action. A
CO2
laser produces light by electrically stimulating a gas-filled
tube. A crystal laser uses an arc lamp, pulsed flash lamp, or
diode stack or array to optically pump a special crystal. The
most common crystal lasers use YAG crystals infused with
neodymium or ytterbium.
Despite the improvements in
CO2
and YAG laser technologies over the past 40 years, these
technologies have not kept pace with evolving customer
requirements. These traditional lasers have a number of
disadvantages and limitations, including low beam quality, low
reliability, limited output powers and wavelength choices, high
energy consumption, large size, lack of mobility, the need for
expensive replacement parts and complex cooling and maintenance
requirements. In addition, the operating parameters of
traditional lasers are difficult to control precisely. Customers
increasingly require systems that allow for precise control of
various operating parameters such as output power, are energy
efficient and reliable, require little or no maintenance, and
have a higher degree of flexibility and ease of use.
|
|
|
Introduction of Fiber Lasers |
We believe that fiber lasers represent a disruptive technology,
a technology that has the potential to displace traditional
laser technologies and processes because it constitutes a
fundamental shift, not merely an incremental advance, in laser
technology. Strategies Unlimited, an independent industry
publication, estimates that sales of fiber lasers will grow by a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 39%, from
$131 million in 2005 to $674 million by 2010. In
addition, the 2006 report by Strategies Unlimited states that
fiber lasers have demonstrated several advantages over
conventional lasers and are therefore expected to grow much
faster than the broader laser market.
Fiber lasers use semiconductor diodes as the light source to
pump specialty optical fibers, which are infused, with rare
earth ions. These fibers are called active fibers and are
comparable in diameter to a human hair. The laser emission is
created within optical fibers and delivered through a flexible
cable. As a result of their different design and components,
fiber lasers are more reliable, efficient, robust and portable,
and easier to operate than traditional lasers. In addition,
fiber lasers free the laser users from fine mechanical
adjustments and the high maintenance costs that are typical for
conventional lasers.
Although low-power fiber lasers have existed for approximately
four decades, their increased recent adoption has been driven
primarily by our improvements in their performance, increases in
output
50
power levels and decreased costs. Over the last several years,
technological improvements in optical components such as active
fibers have increased their power capacities and resulted in
overall performance improvements in fiber lasers. Fiber lasers
offer output powers that exceed those of conventional lasers in
many categories. Also, semiconductor diodes historically have
represented the majority of the cost of fiber lasers. The high
cost of diodes meant that fiber lasers could not compete with
conventional lasers on price and limited their use to high
value-added applications. Recently, however, semiconductor
diodes have become more affordable and reliable due in part to
substantial advancements in semiconductor diode technology and
increased production volumes. As a result, the average cost per
watt of output power has decreased dramatically over the last
decade. Because of these improvements, fiber lasers can now
effectively compete with conventional lasers over a wide range
of output powers and applications. As a pioneer in the
development and commercialization of fiber lasers, we have
contributed to many advancements in fiber laser technology and
products.
|
|
|
Advantages of Fiber Lasers over Traditional Lasers |
We believe that fiber lasers provide a combination of benefits
that include:
|
|
|
|
|
Superior Performance. Fiber lasers provide high
beam quality over the entire power range. In most traditional
laser solutions, the beam quality is sensitive to output power,
while in fiber lasers, the output beam is virtually
non-divergent over a wide power range, meaning the beam can be
highly focused to achieve high levels of precision, increased
power densities and greater distances over which processing can
be completed. The superior beam quality and greater intensity of
a fiber lasers beam allow tasks to be accomplished rapidly
and with lower-power units than comparable traditional lasers. |
|
|
|
Lower Total Cost of Ownership. Fiber lasers offer
strong value to customers because of their lower total operating
costs due to their lower maintenance costs, high reliability and
energy efficiency. The initial purchase price for fiber lasers
is generally below that of YAG lasers and comparable to that of
CO2
lasers. Fiber lasers convert electrical energy to optical energy
2 to 3 times more efficiently than diode-pumped YAG lasers, 3
times more efficiently than
CO2
lasers and 15 to 30 times more efficiently than lamp-pumped YAG
lasers. Because fiber lasers are much more energy-efficient and
place lower levels of thermal stress on their internal
components, they have substantially lower cooling requirements
compared to conventional lasers and lower or no maintenance
costs. For example, single-emitter diodes used in fiber lasers
have estimated lives of over 200,000 hours. In contrast,
diode bars used in YAG lasers are typically replaced every
10,000 to 20,000 hours and lamps are typically replaced
every 1,000 hours, involving substantial costs and lost
production time.
CO2
lasers also utilize components that require frequent
replacement, such as resonator mirrors, fluids and filters. |
|
|
|
Ease of Use. Many features of fiber lasers make
them easy to operate, maintain and integrate into laser-based
systems, providing a turnkey solution. Unlike traditional
solutions that require frequent adjustments, fiber lasers have a
monolithic solid-state design that does not require fine
mechanical alignment or adjustment of mirrors or other
components. An additional benefit is that fiber lasers deliver
their energy through an integrated flexible optical fiber that
can be up to 100 meters long. |
|
|
|
Compact Size and Portability. Fiber lasers are
typically smaller and lighter in weight than traditional lasers,
saving valuable floor space. While conventional lasers are
delicate due to the precise alignment of mirrors, fiber lasers
are more durable and able to perform in variable working
environments. These qualities permit fiber laser systems to be
transported easily. The portability and versatility of fiber
lasers also allow them to be used in new laser applications,
such as nuclear facility pipe welding and welding on ships. |
|
|
|
Choice of Wavelengths and Precise Control of Beam.
The design of fiber lasers generally provides a broad range of
wavelength choices, allowing users to select the precise
wavelength |
51
|
|
|
|
|
that best matches their application and materials. Conventional
lasers generally have limited wavelength options. In addition,
the greater stability of the output and improved control of
output beam parameters in fiber lasers, such as beam shape,
allow users to more effectively use lasers in their applications. |
Fiber amplifiers are similar in design to fiber lasers, use many
of the same components, such as semiconductor diodes and
specialty optical fibers, and provide many of the same
advantages in the applications that require amplification.
Notwithstanding the benefits offered by fiber lasers, there
remain applications and processes where traditional laser
technologies may provide superior performance with respect to
particular features. For example, crystal lasers can provide
higher peak power pulses and fiber lasers do not generate the
deep ultraviolet light that is used for photolithography in many
semiconductor applications.
|
|
|
Adoption of Fiber Lasers and Amplifiers |
As the performance, output power and cost-effectiveness of fiber
lasers have improved, their acceptance in both new and existing
applications has increased. Fiber lasers have gained market
share by replacing traditional lasers
(CO2
and YAG) in existing laser applications and enabling new
applications by addressing customer needs that are not met by
traditional lasers and non-laser processes. We believe
proliferation of fiber lasers will be based on the displacement
of traditional lasers in existing applications and the enabling
of new applications. This should drive growth that is
significantly higher than the growth rate of the overall laser
market. Strategies Unlimited estimates the total available
market for fiber lasers to be growing at approximately 9%
annually from $1.8 billion in 2005 to $2.8 billion by
2010. The penetration of fiber lasers is estimated to grow from
7% to 24% of the total available market for fiber lasers during
that time period. As a result, sales of fiber lasers are
expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 39% annually, from $131 million in 2005 to
$674 million in 2010.
The major markets served by fiber lasers and fiber amplifiers
are described below.
Materials Processing. This segment represents the largest
market opportunity for fiber lasers with a total addressable
market of approximately $1.3 billion in 2005. Strategies
Unlimited estimates that this segment of the market is expected
to grow to $1.9 billion by 2010, representing a compound
annual growth rate of approximately 8%. The materials processing
segment includes various applications such as marking,
engraving, printing, other low-power materials processing and
high-power materials processing. Prior to 2004, fiber lasers had
initial success in low-power and mid-power applications, which
require relatively few diode laser pumps, such as marking,
engraving, printing, fine cutting, microwelding, texturing and
soldering. High-power lasers use hundreds or more diodes, which
represent their primary cost component. When we began internally
producing pump diodes in 2004, we were able to reduce
significantly the cost of this component. This reduction enabled
us to penetrate high-power laser applications, such as cutting
and welding for automotive manufacturing, because high-power
lasers contain a larger number of diodes.
Communications. Fiber amplifiers boost light signals in
optical fiber networks and are an essential building block in
optical networks. Fiber amplifiers are used predominantly in
next-generation communications networks that are being deployed
by telephone service providers and cable companies. These
next-generation networks are configured for
triple-play services that transmit voice, video and
data traffic over the same network. The fiber amplifier market
was estimated to be $412 million in 2005 and is expected to
grow to $540 million in 2009, representing a compound
annual growth rate of 7%, according to a report by
Frost & Sullivan, an independent industry research
firm. As data volume transmitted over networks increases and
broadband networks are deployed, fiber amplifiers can help
network operators lower capital investment and operating costs
by sending signals down longer spans of optical fiber or sending
greater data volumes without the need for additional in-line
amplification.
Medical. The addressable medical market is the second
largest market for fiber lasers and is estimated by Strategies
Unlimited to grow from approximately $316 million in 2005
to approximately $565 million by 2010, representing a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 12%. This market is
52
in its early stages of development for fiber lasers and we
believe that there are significant opportunities for fiber
lasers to displace conventional lasers in these applications.
Current fiber laser applications within this market include
aesthetic applications such as skin resurfacing and
rejuvenation, and other soft tissue applications such as
urology, surgery and dentistry.
Advanced Applications. Fiber lasers and amplifiers are
also used in other diverse end markets such as test and
measurement, instrumentation, sensing, pollution measurement,
government and scientific research and development. These
markets are expected by Strategies Unlimited to grow from
$233 million in 2005 to approximately $336 million by
2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of
approximately 8%.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that our competitive strengths position us well to
take advantage of the opportunities to displace traditional
laser technologies and enable new laser applications. Our key
strengths and competitive advantages include the following:
Differentiated Proprietary Technology Platform. At
the core of our products is our proprietary pumping technology
platform that allows our products to have higher output powers
and superior beam quality than are achievable through
traditional techniques. Our technology platform is modular,
scalable, robust and electrically efficient. It allows us to
combine a greater number of diodes, specialty optical fibers and
optoelectronic components in parallel into a single beam using
our advanced proprietary components and
state-of-the-art
combining techniques. Another key element of our technology is
our ability to side-pump our specialty optical fibers through
the cladding with our high-brightness single-emitter multi-mode
diodes. In addition, we have developed a wide range of advanced
proprietary optical components that contribute to the superior
performance and reliability of our products.
Leading Market Position. As a pioneer and
technology leader in fiber lasers, we have built leading
positions in our various end markets with a large and diverse
customer base. Based on our leadership position, we are driving
the proliferation of fiber lasers in existing and new
applications. As a result, we have established a well-respected
and widely recognized brand. We believe that we are the leading
provider of low and mid-power fiber lasers and amplifiers, and
we believe that we introduced and were the first to
commercialize high-power fiber lasers and are the only
significant supplier of high-power fiber lasers. For example, we
believe that we are the sole supplier of industrial-grade fiber
lasers at power levels of 200 watts and above.
Breadth and Depth of Expertise. Since the founding
of our company in 1990, our core business has been developing,
designing, manufacturing and marketing advanced fiber lasers and
amplifiers. We have extensive know-how in materials sciences,
which enables us to make our specialty optical fibers,
semiconductor diodes and other critical components. We also have
expertise in optical, electrical, mechanical and semiconductor
engineering which we use to develop and manufacture our
products. Our staff includes over 55 scientists that have Ph.D.
degrees in physics or engineering. Our expertise allows us to
develop the many different types of specialty components used in
our finished products expeditiously and to rapidly incorporate
them into new products.
Vertically Integrated Development and
Manufacturing. We believe that we are the only fiber
laser manufacturer that is vertically integrated. We develop and
manufacture all of our key specialty components, such as
semiconductor diodes, active fibers, passive fibers and
specialty optical components. Our proprietary components, which
we do not resell, are capable of handling the stress of the high
optical powers from our products and we believe they exceed the
performance of commercially available components. We own our
foundry for high-volume manufacturing of semiconductor diodes,
which we process, package and rigorously test in-house. In
addition, we make our own specialty optical preforms, draw our
own specialty optical fibers from the optical preforms, and make
a variety of advanced optical components in addition to
assembling and testing our finished products. We believe that
our vertical integration enhances our ability to meet customer
requirements, accelerate development, manage costs and improve
component yields, while maintaining high performance and quality
standards.
53
Diverse Customer Base, End Markets and
Applications. Our diverse customer base, end markets and
applications provide us with many growth opportunities. We have
shipped more than 21,000 units and, in 2005, we shipped to more
than 300 customers worldwide. Our products are used in a variety
of applications and end markets worldwide. Our principal end
markets and representative applications within those markets
include:
We believe that the diversity of our customers, end markets and
applications and the flexible architecture of our products,
which share many of the same components, help mitigate the
impact of fluctuations in demand from any particular customer or
industry on our business.
Broad Product Portfolio and Ability to Meet Customer
Requirements. We offer a broad range of standard and
custom fiber lasers and amplifiers that operate between 1 and 2
microns. Our product portfolio currently includes numerous
products ranging in power from one watt to 50 kilowatts. As a
result of our modular, scalable technology platform, we are able
to easily customize and upgrade our products to meet customer
requirements. We often supply custom fiber devices by developing
specialized versions of our standard products and, in other
cases, by developing new products to meet the specific
requirements of our customers. We offer our products in a wide
variety of packaging formats for a broad range of
54
applications. Our vertically integrated manufacturing and broad
technology expertise enable us to rapidly design, prototype and
commence high-volume production of our products, allowing our
customers to meet their
time-to-market
requirements.
Our Strategy
We intend to maintain and extend our leadership position by
pursuing the following key elements of our strategy:
Leverage
Our Technology to Gain Market Share. As the benefits of
fiber lasers become more widely recognized, we plan to leverage
our brand and position as the leader in developing and
commercializing fiber lasers to increase our market share in the
broader market. We believe that our fiber lasers will continue
to displace traditional lasers in many existing applications due
to their superior performance and value. For example, our lasers
are displacing traditional lasers in numerous low and mid-power
materials processing applications, such as marking, engraving
and printing, and our high-power lasers more recently have been
penetrating automotive applications that use conventional
lasers, such as welding and cutting of parts.
Target
New Applications for Lasers. We intend to continue to
enable and penetrate additional applications where lasers have
not traditionally been used. We believe that fiber laser
technology can overcome many of the limitations that have slowed
the adoption of traditional lasers. We intend to target
applications where higher power, portability, efficiency, size
and flexible fiber cable delivery can lead customers to adopt
fiber lasers instead of non-laser solutions. New and potential
applications include annealing in nuclear reactors, remote
welding in the auto industry,
on-site welding and
cutting of plate steel and aluminum for ships, rail cars,
pipelines and fuel storage tanks, portable cladding systems for
aircraft turbines and portable paint stripping for ships and
aircraft.
Expand
Our Product Portfolio. We plan to continue to invest in
research and development to add additional wavelengths, power
levels and other parameters while also improving beam quality.
We intend to use our core technologies to develop new products
and complementary products and systems that incorporate fiber
lasers and amplifiers to expand our product portfolio.
Optimize
Our Manufacturing Capabilities. We plan to seek further
increases in the automation of our component manufacturing
processes and device assembly to improve component yields and
increase the power outputs and capacities of the various
components that we make. These initiatives, in addition to
maintaining efficient labor costs, are intended to improve
margins. We intend to leverage our technology and operations
expertise to manufacture additional components in order to
reduce costs, ensure component quality and ensure supply.
Expand
Global Reach to Attract Customers Worldwide. In 2005,
more than 60% of our sales came from international customers. We
intend to capitalize on and grow our global customer base by
opening new application development centers as well as sales and
service offices in Asia, Europe and the United States.
Products
We design and manufacture a broad range of high-performance
optical fiber-based lasers and amplifiers. We also make direct
diode laser systems and communications systems that utilize our
optical fiber-based products. Many of our products are designed
to be used as general purpose energy or light sources, making
them useful in diverse applications and markets.
Our products are based on a common proprietary technology
platform using many of the same core components, such as
semiconductor diodes, specialty fibers, beam combiners,
isolators, polarizers, splitters and modulators, which we
configure to our customers specifications. Our engineers
and scientists work closely with OEMs and end users to develop
and customize our products for their needs. Because of our
flexible and modular product architecture, we offer products in
different configurations according to the desired application,
including modules, rack-mounted units and tabletop units.
55
Our laser products include low (1 to 99 watts), medium (100
to 999 watts) and high (1,000 watts and above) output
power lasers from 1 to 2 microns in wavelength. These lasers may
be either continuous wave or may be modulated at different
rates. We offer several different types of lasers, which are
defined by the type of gain medium they use. These are
ytterbium, erbium, thulium and raman. We also sell fiber coupled
direct diode laser systems that use semiconductor diodes rather
than optical fibers as their gain medium. In addition, we offer
high energy pulsed lasers, multi-wavelength lasers, tunable
lasers, single-polarization and single-frequency lasers, as well
as other versions of our products.
We believe that we produce the highest power solid-state lasers
in the industry. Our ytterbium fiber lasers are capable of
reaching power levels over 50,000 watts. We also make
single-mode output ytterbium fiber lasers with powers of up to
2,000 watts and single-mode output erbium and thulium fiber
lasers with powers of up to 200 watts. Our compact, durable
design and integrated fiber optic beam delivery allows us to
offer versatile laser energy sources and simple laser
integration for complex production processes, without
compromising quality, speed or power.
Our amplifier products range from milliwatts to up to 500 watts
of output power from 1 to 2 microns in wavelength. We offer
erbium-doped fiber amplifiers, commonly called EDFAs, raman
amplifiers and integrated communications systems that
incorporate our amplifiers. These products are predominantly
deployed in broadband networks and dense wavelength division
multiplexing, or DWDM, networks. We also offer ytterbium and
thulium specialty fiber amplifiers and broadband light sources
that are used in advanced applications. In addition, we sell
single-frequency, linearly polarized and
polarization-maintaining versions of our amplifier products. As
with our fiber lasers, our fiber amplifiers offer some of the
highest output power levels and highest number of optical
outputs. We believe our line of fiber amplifiers offers the best
commercially available output power and performance.
56
The following summarizes some of our product offerings by
product family, primary markets and representative applications
for each product family:
57
The most significant materials processing applications for fiber
lasers are marking, printing, welding and cutting. Other
applications include micromachining, surface treatment,
drilling, soldering, annealing, rapid prototyping and
laser-assisted machining.
Marking, Engraving and Printing Applications. With the
increasing need for source traceability, component
identification and product tracking as a means of reducing
product liability and preventing falsification, as well as the
demand for modern robotic production systems, industrial
manufacturers are increasingly demanding marking systems capable
of applying serialized alphanumeric, graphic or bar code
identifications directly onto their manufactured components.
Laser engraving is similar to marking but forms deeper grooves
in the material. In contrast to conventional acid etching and
ink-based technologies, lasers can mark a wide variety of metal
and non-metal materials, such as ceramic, glass and plastic
surfaces, at high speeds and without contact by changing the
surface structure of the material or by engraving. Laser marking
systems can be easily integrated into a customers
production process and do not subject the item being marked to
mechanical stress.
In the semiconductor industry, lasers are typically used to mark
wafers and integrated circuits. In the electronics industry,
lasers are typically used to mark electrical components such as
contactors and relays, printed circuit boards and keyboards.
With the increase in marking speed in the past few years, the
cost of laser marking has decreased, improving the price and
performance characteristics of this technology. The high beam
quality, flexible fiber delivery and competitive price of fiber
lasers have accelerated the adoption of fiber lasers in this
low-power application.
Historically, the printing industry has depended upon
silver-halide films and chemicals to engrave printing plates.
This chemical engraving process requires several time-consuming
steps. In recent years, we have worked closely with OEMs in the
printing industry to employ fiber lasers for alternative
computer-to-plate,
or CTP, processes. As a result, our ytterbium fiber lasers are
now widely used for CTP printing, an environmentally friendly
process that saves production time by writing directly to plates
and greatly reduces chemical waste.
Welding Applications. Laser welding offers several
important advantages over conventional welding technology as it
is non-contact, easy to automate, provides high process speed
and results in narrow-seamed, high quality welds that generally
require little or no post-processing machining. Parts can be
accurately machined before welding because laser welding does
not overly heat or otherwise damage or distort the material
being processed. The high beam quality of our fiber lasers
coupled with high CW power offers deep penetration welding as
well as shallow conduction mode welding. High modulation
frequencies offer very high throughput in pulsed applications.
Also, fiber lasers can be focused to a small spot with extremely
long focal lengths, enabling remote welding on the
fly, a flexible method of three-dimensional welding in
which the laser beam is positioned by a robot-guided scanner.
Such remote welding stations equipped with fiber lasers are used
for welding door panels and the multiple welding of spot and lap
welds over the entire auto body frame. Typically, mid to
high-power ytterbium fiber lasers are used in welding
applications.
Cutting Applications. Laser-based cutting technology has
several advantages compared to alternative technologies. Laser
cutting is fast, flexible, highly precise and can be used to cut
complex contours on flat, tubular or three-dimensional
materials. The laser source can be easily programmed to process
many different kinds of materials such as steel, aluminum,
brass, copper, glass, ceramic and plastic at various
thicknesses. Laser cutting technology is a non-contact process
that is easy to integrate into an automated production line and
is not subject to wear of the cutting medium. We sell low, mid
and high-power ytterbium fiber lasers for laser cutting. The
operating wavelength, multi-kilowatt power, high beam quality,
wide operating power range, power stability and small spot size
are some of the qualities offered by fiber lasers for most
cutting applications.
Emerging Technologies and Applications. Robotic
production methods are increasing in use, driven by their lower
production costs, flexibility and consistency. Fiber lasers
complement the capabilities
58
of robots with their flexible fiber delivery, high-power beam
and low beam divergence. We expect that fiber lasers
increasingly will be integrated with robotic systems in
applications such as tailored blanks. Another potential
application of fiber lasers is in cutting new lightweight and
high-strength metal alloys used in automobile manufacturing,
which requires the high output power densities that fiber lasers
provide.
We design and manufacture a full range of fiber amplifiers and
raman pump lasers with varying output power and wavelengths that
enhance data transmission in broadband access and DWDM optical
networks.
Broadband Access. The delivery to subscribers of
television programming and Internet-based information and
communication services is converging, driven by advances in IP
technology and by changes in the regulatory and competitive
environment. Fiber optic lines offer connection speeds of up to
50 megabits per second, or 50 times faster than digital
subscriber lines (DSL) or cable links. We offer a series of
specialty multi-port EDFAs and cable TV nodes and transmitters
that support different types of passive optical network
architectures, enabling high speed data, voice, video on demand
and high definition TV. We provide an EDFA that supports up to
32 ports, which allows service providers to support a high
number of customers in a small space, reducing overall power
consumption and network cost. End users for our products include
communications network operators for video wavelength division
multiplexing overlay, as well as cable and multiple service
operators for video signal and hybrid fiber coaxial cable.
DWDM. DWDM is a technology that expands the capacity of
optical networks allowing service providers to extend the life
of existing fiber networks and reduce operating and capital
costs by maximizing bandwidth capacity. We provide a broad range
of high-power products for DWDM applications including EDFAs and
raman lasers. We provide a DWDM transport system that offers
service providers and private network operators a simple,
flexible, optical layer solution optimized for up to eight
channels.
We sell our commercial fiber and diode lasers to OEMs that
incorporate our products into their medical laser systems.
Continuous wave and pulsed lasers from 1 to 150 watts and diode
laser systems can be used in medical and biomedical
applications. Aesthetic applications addressed by lasers include
skin rejuvenation, skin resurfacing and stretch mark removal.
Purchasers use our diode lasers in urological applications and
dental procedures. Fiber lasers have the ability to fine-tune
optical penetration depth and absorption characteristics and can
be used for ear, nose and throat, urology, gynecology and other
surgical procedures.
Our fiber lasers and amplifiers are utilized by commercial firms
and by academic and government institutions worldwide for
manufacturing of commercial systems and for research in advanced
technologies and products. These markets may use specialty
products developed by us or commercial versions of our products.
Obstacle Warning. Our products are used aboard aircraft
for obstacle warning and 3-dimensional mapping of earth surfaces.
Special Projects. Due to the high power, compactness,
performance, portability, ruggedness and electrical efficiency
of our fiber lasers and amplifiers, we sell our commercial
products for government research and projects. These include
materials testing, ordnance destruction, coherent beam
combining, advanced communications and research.
Research and Development. Our products are used in a
variety of applications for research and development by
scientists and industrial researchers. In addition, our lasers
and amplifiers are used to design, test and characterize
components and systems in a variety of markets and applications.
59
Optical Pumping and Harmonic Generation. Several types of
our lasers are used to optically pump other solid-state lasers
and for harmonic generation and parametric converters to support
research in sensing, medical and other scientific research in
the infrared and visible wavelength domains. Our lasers are used
as a power source for these other lasers.
Optical Communication. We provide high-power EDFAs and
ytterbium fiber amplifiers for deployment in both
point-to-point and
point-to-multipoint
free space optical networks. These networks permit
communications between two or more points on land or in the sky
without the use of fiber optic lines or radio or microwaves.
Remote Sensing. Our products are used in light detection
and ranging, also called LIDAR, a laser technique for remote
sensing. Optical fiber can be used as a sensor for measuring
changes in temperature, pressure and gas concentration in oil
wells, atmospheric and pollution measurements and seismic
exploration.
Technology
Our products are based on our proprietary technology platform
that we have developed and refined since our formation. The
following technologies are key elements in our products.
We have extensive expertise in the disciplines and techniques
that form the basis for the multi-clad active and passive
optical fibers used in our products. Active optical fibers form
the laser cavity or gain medium in which lasing or amplification
of light occurs in our products. Passive optical fibers deliver
the optical energy created in our products. Our active fibers
consist of an inner core that is infused with the appropriate
rare earth ion, such as ytterbium, erbium or thulium, and outer
cores of un-doped glass having different indices of refraction.
We believe that our large portfolio of specialty active and
passive optical fibers has a number of advantages as compared to
commercially available optical fibers. These include higher
concentrations of rare earth ions, fibers that will not degrade
at the high power levels over the useful life of the product,
high lasing efficiency, ability to withstand high optical
energies and temperatures and scalable side-pumping capability.
Our ability to quickly optimize our proprietary active and
passive optical fibers allow us to provide a variety of
innovative fiber devices in customizable configurations.
|
|
|
Semiconductor Diode Laser Processing and Packaging
Technologies |
Another key element of our technology platform is that we use
multiple multi-mode, or broad area, single-emitter diodes rather
than diode bars or stacks as a pump source. We believe that
multi-mode single-emitter diodes are the most efficient and
reliable pumping source presently available, surpassing diode
bars and stacks in efficiency, brightness and reliability.
Single-emitter diodes have substantially reduced cooling
requirements and have estimated lifetimes of more than
200,000 hours at high operating currents, compared to
typical lifetimes of 10,000 to 20,000 hours for diode bars.
We developed advanced molecular beam epitaxy techniques to grow
alumina indium gallium arsenide wafers for our diodes. This
method yields high-quality optoelectronic material for
low-defect density and high uniformity of optoelectronic
parameters. In addition, we have developed numerous proprietary
wafer processes and testing and qualification procedures in
order to create a high energy output in a reliable and
high-power diode. We package our diodes in hermetically sealed
pump modules in which the diodes are combined with an optical
fiber output. Characteristics such as the ability of the package
to dissipate heat produced by the diode and withstand vibration,
shock, high temperature, humidity and other environmental
conditions are critical to the reliability and efficiency of the
products.
60
|
|
|
Specialty Components and Combining Techniques |
We have developed a wide range of advanced optical components
that are capable of handling high optical power levels and
contribute to the superior performance, efficiency, reliability
and uniqueness of our products. In addition to fibers and
diodes, our optical component portfolio includes fiber gratings,
isolators and combiners. We also developed special methods and
expertise in splicing fibers together with low optical energy
loss and on-line loss testing. We believe that our internal
development and manufacturing of key components allows us to
lower our manufacturing costs and improve product performance.
|
|
|
Side Pumping of Fibers and Fiber Block Technologies |
Our technology platform allows us to efficiently combine a
greater number of multi-mode single-emitter semiconductor diodes
with our active optical fibers that are used in all of our
products. A key element of this technology is that we pump our
fiber lasers through the cladding surrounding the active core.
We splice our specialty active optical fibers with other optical
components and package them in a sealed box, which we call a
fiber block. The fiber blocks are compact and eliminate the risk
of contamination or misalignment due to mechanical vibrations
and shocks as well as temperature or humidity variations. Our
design is scalable and modular, permitting us to make products
with high output power by coupling a large number of diodes with
fiber blocks, which can be combined in parallel and serially.
We employ high-stress techniques in testing components and final
products that help increase reliability and accelerate product
development. For example, we test all of our diodes with high
current and temperatures to accelerate aging. We also have built
a large database of diode test results that allows us to predict
the estimated lifetime of our diodes. This testing allows us to
eliminate defective diodes prior to further assembly and thus
increase reliability.
Customers
We sell our products globally to OEMs, system integrators and
end users in a wide range of diverse markets who have the
in-house engineering capability to integrate our products into
their own systems. In 2005, we shipped products to over 300
customers worldwide. Our end markets include materials
processing (comprised of general manufacturing, automotive,
aerospace, heavy industry, semiconductor, electronics and
consumer products customers), communications (comprised of
system integrators, utilities and municipalities), medical
(medical laser systems manufacturers) and advanced applications
(comprised of commercial companies, universities, research
entities and government entities). We believe that our customer
and end market diversification minimizes dependence on any
single industry or group of customers.
Our 15 largest customers for the year ended
December 31, 2005 were:
|
|
|
|
|
BAE Systems
Daihen Corporation
EO TECHNICS
Esko-Graphics
German Institute for Materials Processing |
|
The Gillette Company
Harmonic Inc.
HM Laser Machinery Co., Ltd.
Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.
Nippon Steel Corporation |
|
Reliant Technologies Inc.
Sahajanand Laser Technology
SUNX Limited
Telesis Technologies
TEM Incorporated |
61
The following table shows the allocation of our net sales (in
thousands) among our principal markets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Six Months | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended June 30, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Materials Processing
|
|
$ |
23,685 |
|
|
|
70.2 |
% |
|
$ |
41,990 |
|
|
|
69.2 |
% |
|
$ |
60,399 |
|
|
|
62.7 |
% |
|
$ |
47,168 |
|
|
|
72.6 |
% |
Communications
|
|
$ |
5,250 |
|
|
|
15.6 |
% |
|
$ |
9,697 |
|
|
|
16.0 |
% |
|
$ |
15,751 |
|
|
|
16.3 |
% |
|
$ |
8,281 |
|
|
|
12.8 |
% |
Medical
|
|
$ |
181 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
$ |
1,544 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
$ |
7,422 |
|
|
|
7.7 |
% |
|
$ |
4,949 |
|
|
|
7.6 |
% |
Advanced Applications
|
|
$ |
4,624 |
|
|
|
13.7 |
% |
|
$ |
7,476 |
|
|
|
12.3 |
% |
|
$ |
12,813 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
% |
|
$ |
4,529 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
64,927 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUNX Limited, a provider of laser marking systems, accounted for
17%, 20%, 13% and 11% of our net sales for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, and the six months ended
June 30, 2006, respectively.
Our net sales (in thousands) were derived from customers in the
following geographic regions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Six Months | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended June 30, | |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
North and South America
|
|
$ |
10,365 |
|
|
|
30.7 |
% |
|
$ |
20,911 |
|
|
|
34.4 |
% |
|
$ |
38,512 |
|
|
|
40.0 |
% |
|
$ |
23,044 |
|
|
|
35.5 |
% |
Europe
|
|
$ |
12,963 |
|
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
$ |
19,339 |
|
|
|
31.9 |
% |
|
$ |
23,882 |
|
|
|
24.8 |
% |
|
$ |
18,585 |
|
|
|
28.6 |
% |
Asia and Australia
|
|
$ |
10,412 |
|
|
|
30.9 |
% |
|
$ |
20,232 |
|
|
|
33.3 |
% |
|
$ |
33,569 |
|
|
|
34.8 |
% |
|
$ |
23,298 |
|
|
|
35.9 |
% |
Rest of World
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
$ |
225 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
$ |
422 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
64,927 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales, Marketing and Support
We market our products internationally primarily through our
direct sales force and also through agreements with independent
sales representatives and distributors. We have sales offices in
the United States, Germany, Russia, Italy, Japan, South Korea,
India and the United Kingdom. Our independent sales
representatives and distributors are located in the United
States, Japan, China, Brazil and other parts of the world. Only
one of these arrangements is on an exclusive basis. Foreign
sales to customers are generally priced in local currencies and
are therefore subject to currency exchange fluctuations.
We maintain a customer support and field service staff in our
major markets within the United States, Europe, Russia, Japan
and South Korea. We work closely with customers, customer groups
and independent representatives to service equipment, train
customers to use our products and explore additional
applications for our technologies. We typically repair products
at our facilities or at customer sites. We plan to expand our
support and field service, particularly in locations where
customer concentration or volume requires local service
capabilities.
We typically provide one to three-year parts and service
warranties on our lasers and amplifiers. Most of our sales
offices provide support to customers in their respective
geographic areas. Warranty reserves have generally been
sufficient to cover product warranty repair and replacement
costs.
Manufacturing
Vertical integration is one of our core business strategies
through which we control our proprietary processes and
technologies as well as the supply of key components and
assemblies. We believe that our vertically integrated business
model gives us the following advantages:
|
|
|
|
|
maintaining a technological lead over competitors; |
|
|
|
reducing component and final product costs as volumes increase; |
62
|
|
|
|
|
ensuring access to critical components, enabling us to better
meet customer demands; |
|
|
|
controlling performance, quality and consistency; and |
|
|
|
enabling rapid development and deployment of new products and
technologies. |
Our vertically integrated manufacturing operations include
optical preform making, specialty fiber drawing, semiconductor
wafer growth, diode processing and packaging, specialty optical
component manufacturing, fiber block and fiber module assembly
for different power units, software and electronics development,
final assembly, as well as testing, tool manufacturing and
automated production systems. We are currently adding additional
production capabilities, including building redundant diode and
optical fiber manufacturing in separate facilities, in order to
increase our capacity as well as reduce the risks associated
with our production process.
We operate our own semiconductor foundry for the production of
the multi-mode single-emitter diodes. Diodes are the pumps that
are used as the light source in each device we make. We also
process, package and extensively test all of our diodes. As pump
diodes represent a significant component cost of the final laser
or amplifier, we have chosen to develop internal manufacturing
capabilities for diodes. As a result of our high volume
production levels of pump diodes, proprietary processes and use
of limited chip designs, we have been able to increase yields,
lower component costs and assure high quality. We also design,
manufacture and optimize many of our own test instruments, diode
test racks, robotic and automated assembly tools and machines.
We developed these proprietary components, manufacturing tools,
equipment and techniques over many years in an effort to address
the major issues that had been inhibiting the development of
fiber laser technology and to provide products that
differentiate us from our competitors. We believe that the
proprietary components, manufacturing tools, equipment,
techniques and software utilized in all of our product lines
provide extensive barriers to potential competitors. Generally,
we do not sell our proprietary components to third parties.
Using our technology platform, we configure standard products
based upon each customers specifications. Through our
vertically integrated manufacturing operations, we can develop,
test and produce new products and configurations with higher
performance and reliability and in less time than it would take
by working with external vendors. We have developed proprietary
testing methodologies that allow us to develop higher power
components and products in short periods of time, enable us to
introduce products to the market more quickly, capitalize on new
opportunities and provide superior service to our customers.
Our in-house manufacturing includes only those operations and
components that are critical to the protection of our
intellectual property, reducing our costs or to the achievement
of performance and quality standards. We purchase from vendors
common as well as specialized mechanical, electrical and optical
parts and raw materials, such as printed circuit boards, wafer
substrates and various optical components.
Research and Development
We have extensive research and development experience in laser
materials, fiber and optoelectronic components. We have
assembled a team of scientists and engineers with specialized
experience and extensive knowledge in fiber lasers and
amplifiers, critical components, testing and manufacturing
process design. Our research and development team includes over
55 scientists who hold Ph.D. degrees and over 30 additional
scientists and engineers.
We focus our research and development efforts on designing and
introducing new and improved standard and customized products
and the mass production of components that go into our products.
In addition to our cladding-pumped specialty fiber platform, we
have core competencies in high-power multi-mode semiconductor
laser diodes, diode packaging, specialty active and passive
optical fibers, high-performance optical components, fiber gain
blocks and fiber modules, as well as splicing and combining
techniques and high-stress test methods. Our research and
development efforts are aided by our vertical integration and
our proprietary high-stress testing techniques that result in
accelerated development cycles. The strategy of developing our
proprietary components has allowed us to leverage our optical
experience
63
and large volume requirements to lower the cost of our products.
We concentrate our research and development efforts on
advancements in performance as well as capacity to hold and
produce higher optical power levels.
Our research and development efforts are also directed at
expanding our product line by increasing power levels, improving
beam quality and electrical efficiency, decreasing size and
lowering the cost per watt. Our team of experienced scientists
and engineers work closely with many of our customers to develop
and introduce custom products that address specific applications
and performance requirements.
We incurred research and development costs of approximately
$5.8 million in 2005, $4.8 million in 2004 and
$10.1 million in 2003. The decrease from 2003 to 2004 was
primarily due to the commencement of commercial production of
our diodes early in 2004. Costs related to the diode production
were recorded as research and development costs in 2003 and
transferred to cost of sales in 2004. We plan to continue our
commitment to research and development and to introduce new
products, systems and complementary products that would allow us
to maintain our competitive position. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition of Results of Operations.
Intellectual Property
We seek to protect our proprietary technology primarily through
U.S. and foreign laws affording protection for trade secrets,
and to seek U.S. and foreign patent, copyright and trademark
protection of our products and processes where appropriate. We
do not believe that any of our patents are material to the
conduct of our business. We rely primarily on trade secrets,
technical know-how and other unpatented proprietary information
relating to our product development and manufacturing
activities. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary
information, in part, by requiring our employees to enter into
agreements providing for the maintenance of confidentiality and
the assignment to us of rights to inventions that they make
while we employ them. We also enter into non-disclosure
agreements with our consultants and suppliers to protect
confidential information delivered to them. We believe that our
vertical integration, including our long experience in making a
wide range of specialty and high-power capacity components, as
well as our technology platform make it difficult for others to
reverse engineer our products. Intellectual property rights,
including those that we own and those of others, involve
significant risks. See Risk Factors Risks
Related to Our Business Our Inability to Protect Our
Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technologies Could Result
in the Unauthorized Use of Our Technologies by Third Parties,
Hurt Our Competitive Position and Adversely Affect Our Operating
Results.
Competition
Our markets are competitive and characterized by rapidly
changing technology. We believe that the primary competitive
factors in our markets are:
|
|
|
|
|
product performance and reliability; |
|
|
|
quality and service support; |
|
|
|
price and value to the customer; |
|
|
|
ability to manufacture and deliver products on a timely basis; |
|
|
|
ability to achieve qualification for and integration into OEM
systems; |
|
|
|
ability to meet customer specifications; and |
|
|
|
ability to respond quickly to market demand and technological
developments. |
We believe we compete favorably on the basis of these criteria.
In the materials processing market, the competition is
fragmented and includes a large number of competitors. We
compete with makers of high-power conventional
CO2
and solid-state lasers, including Lasag Ltd., Rofin-Sinar
Technologies, Inc., and Trumpf Inc., and makers of mid and
low-power conventional
CO2
and solid-state lasers such as Coherent, Inc., GSI Group Inc.,
Newport Corporation and Rofin-Sinar Technologies, Inc.
64
We also compete with fiber laser makers including Keopsys SA,
Mitsubishi Cable Industries, Ltd., Miyachi Unitek Corporation,
MPB Communications Inc., SPI Lasers plc and JDS Uniphase
Corporation for low and/or mid-power lasers. We believe that we
compete favorably with other makers of fiber lasers on price,
service, installed base and performance with respect to low and
mid-power fiber lasers. In addition, we believe that we are the
only fiber laser manufacturer that sells commercial fiber lasers
of over 200 watts. While we are currently a technology and price
leader in fiber lasers and have a large share of the fiber laser
market as compared to competitors that make fiber lasers, we
expect competition from established laser makers that may have
started or may start programs to develop and sell fiber lasers
or alternative new solid state laser technologies. Because many
of the components required to develop and produce low-power
fiber lasers are becoming increasingly available, barriers to
entry are decreasing, and we expect new competitive products to
enter the market. Several well-established conventional laser
manufacturers are known to be interested in developing and
licensing technology for fiber lasers. Many of the conventional
laser companies are larger and have substantially greater
financial, managerial and technical resources, more extensive
distribution and service networks, greater sales and marketing
capacity, and larger installed customer bases than we do. We
also compete in the materials processing, medical and advanced
applications markets with end users who produce their own
solid-state and gas lasers as well as with manufacturers of
non-laser methods and tools, such as resistance welding in the
materials processing market and scalpels in the medical market.
In the communications market, our principal competitors are
manufacturers of high-power fiber amplifiers and DWDM systems,
such as Avanex Corporation, Bookham Inc., the Scientific-Atlanta
division of Cisco Systems, Inc. (Scientific-Atlanta), Emcore
Corporation, JDS Uniphase Corporation and MPB Communications
Inc. We believe that we compete favorably with other high-power
fiber amplifier producers with respect to price, product
performance and output power. The fiber amplifier market is more
established than the fiber laser market and technological change
has not occurred as rapidly as it has in the case of fiber
lasers. Many of our competitors in this market are larger than
we are and have substantially greater financial, managerial and
technical resources, more extensive distribution and service
networks, greater sales and marketing capacity, and larger
installed customer bases than we do.
Employees
As of June 30, 2006, we had approximately
900 full-time employees, including approximately 80 in
research and development, 710 in manufacturing operations, 40 in
sales and marketing, and 70 in general and administrative
functions. Of our total full-time employees at our principal
facilities, approximately 265 were in the United States, 320
were in Germany, 265 were in Russia and 12 were in Italy. We
have never experienced a work stoppage and none of our employees
is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that
our current relations with our employees are good.
Facilities
Our main facilities include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned or | |
|
Lease | |
|
Approximate | |
|
|
Location |
|
Leased | |
|
Expiration | |
|
Size (sq. ft.) | |
|
Primary Activity |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Oxford, Massachusetts
|
|
|
Owned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123,000 |
|
|
Diodes, components, complete device manufacturing, administration |
Burbach, Germany
|
|
|
Owned |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,000 |
|
|
Optical fiber, components, final assembly, complete device
manufacturing, administration |
Fryazino, Russia
|
|
|
Leased |
|
|
|
April 2007 |
|
|
|
55,000 |
|
|
Components, complete device manufacturing, administration |
Legnano, Italy
|
|
|
Leased |
|
|
|
March 2012 |
|
|
|
12,000 |
|
|
Complete device manufacturing, administration |
65
We are expanding our facilities in Massachusetts and Germany by
adding approximately 82,000 square feet of property that we
own. These additional facilities will be used primarily for
manufacturing and we plan to finance this expansion using a
portion of the proceeds of this offering.
We maintain our corporate headquarters in Oxford, Massachusetts,
and conduct research and development in Oxford, Massachusetts,
Burbach, Germany and Fryazino, Russia. We operate four
manufacturing facilities for lasers, amplifiers and components
in the United States, Germany, Russia and Italy. We also
manufacture certain optical components in India. We are
committed to meeting internationally recognized manufacturing
standards. Our facilities in the United States and Germany are
ISO 9001 certified and we have ISO certification in Russia for
specific products. We have sales personnel at each of our
manufacturing facilities and at leased offices in Wixom,
Michigan; London, England; Tokyo, Japan; Daejeon, South Korea;
and Bangalore, India.
We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our
current needs and that we will be able to obtain additional
commercial space as needed.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are party to various legal proceedings and
other disputes incidental to our business, including those
described below.
We are a defendant in an action by Scientific-Atlanta filed in
April 2005 in the United States District Court for the District
of Massachusetts. The plaintiff alleges that certain of our
products, including but not limited to optical fiber amplifier
products, infringe one U.S. patent allegedly owned by it
and seeks damages in an unspecified amount, treble damages and
injunctive relief. Simultaneous with filing the complaint,
Scientific-Atlanta requested that the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office reexamine its patent to consider certain prior
art. Scientific-Atlanta also presented narrowing amendments to
many of the issued patent claims and added several new claims.
The Patent Office granted Scientific-Atlantas request to
reexamine the patent, finding that the new prior art raised a
substantial new question of patentability. The District Court
stayed the litigation until the conclusion of the Patent Office
reexamination and we are awaiting the outcome of the
reexamination. The patent claims in the issued patent relate
generally to silicic optical fiber containing certain
concentrations of erbium and ytterbium together with phosphate.
The patent expires in January 2011. While we believe we have
meritorious defenses and intend to vigorously contest the claims
against us, we cannot predict the outcome of either the Patent
Office reexamination or the litigation proceeding.
We are a defendant in an action by the Spectra-Physics division
of Newport Corporation filed in June 2006 in the United States
District Court for the Northern District of California. The
plaintiff alleges that certain of our optical fiber laser and
amplifier products infringe one U.S. patent allegedly owned
by it and seeks damages of over $20.0 million, treble
damages and injunctive relief. The patent claims relate
generally to laser diode pumping of a single mode fiber core of
laser material through the use of a surrounding multi-mode pump
cavity. The patent expires in June 2007. While we believe we
have meritorious defenses and intend to vigorously contest the
claims against us, we cannot predict the outcome of the
proceeding.
66
MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Directors
The following table sets forth information with respect to our
executive officers and members of our board of directors as of
September 30, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Position(s) |
|
|
| |
|
|
Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D.
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
Eugene Shcherbakov, Ph.D.
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
Managing Director of IPG Laser and Director |
Timothy P.V. Mammen
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President |
Angelo P. Lopresti
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
General Counsel, Secretary and Vice President |
Denis Gapontsev, Ph.D.
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
Vice President-Research & Development |
George H. BuAbbud, Ph.D.
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Vice President-Telecommunications Products |
Alexander Ovtchinnikov, Ph.D.
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Vice President-Components |
Igor Samartsev
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
Acting General Manager of NTO IRE-Polus and Director |
Robert A. Blair(1)(2)
|
|
|
60 |
|
|
Director |
Michael C. Child(1)(3)
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Director |
John H. Dalton
|
|
|
64 |
|
|
Director |
Henry E. Gauthier(1)(3)
|
|
|
66 |
|
|
Director |
William S. Hurley(2)(3)
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
Director |
William F. Krupke, Ph.D.(2)
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
Director |
|
|
(1) |
Member of the compensation committee. |
|
(2) |
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee. |
|
(3) |
Member of the audit committee. |
Valentin P. Gapontsev, Ph.D., founded IPG in
1990 and has been our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of
our Board of Directors since our inception. Prior to that time,
he served as senior scientist in laser material physics and head
of the laboratory at the Soviet Academy of Sciences
Institute of Radio Engineering and Electronics in Moscow. He has
over thirty years of academic research experience in the fields
of solid state laser materials, laser spectroscopy and
non-radiative energy transfer between rare earth ions and is the
author of many scientific publications and several international
patents. Dr. Gapontsev holds a Ph.D. in Physics from the
Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology. In 2006, he was
awarded the Ernst &
Young®
Entrepreneur of the Year Award for Industrial Products and
Services in New England. He is the father of Denis Gapontsev.
Eugene Shcherbakov, Ph.D., has served as the
Managing Director of IPG Laser, our German subsidiary, since
August 2000 and has been a member of our Board of Directors
since September 2000. Dr. Shcherbakov served as the
Technical Director of IPG Laser from 1995 to August 2000. From
1983 to 1995, Dr. Shcherbakov was a senior scientist in
fiber optics and head of the optical communications laboratory
at the General Physics Institute, Russian Academy of Science in
Moscow. Dr. Shcherbakov graduated from the Moscow Physics
and Technology Institute with an M.S. in Physics. In addition,
Dr. Shcherbakov attended the Russian Academy of Science in
Moscow, where he received a Ph.D. in Quantum Electronics from
its Lebedev Physics Institute and a Dr.Sci. degree in Laser
Physics from its General Physics Institute.
67
Timothy P.V. Mammen has served as our Chief
Financial Officer since July 2000 and a Vice President since
November 2000. Between May 1999 and July 2000, Mr. Mammen
served as the Group Finance Director and General Manager of the
United Kingdom operations for IPFD. Mr. Mammen was Finance
Director and General Manager of United Partners Plc, a
commodities trading firm, from 1995 to 1999 and prior to that he
worked in the finance department of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and
Company. Mr. Mammen holds an Upper Second B.Sc. Honours
degree in International Trade and Development from the London
School of Economics and Political Science and is a Chartered
Accountant and a member of the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of Scotland.
Angelo P. Lopresti has served as our General
Counsel and Secretary and one of our Vice Presidents since
February 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lopresti was a
partner at the law firm of Winston & Strawn from 1999
to 2001. Prior to that, he was a partner at the law firm of
Hertzog, Calamari & Gleason from 1998 to 1999 and an
associate there from 1991 to 1998. Mr. Lopresti holds a
B.A. in Economics from Trinity College and a J.D. from the New
York University School of Law.
Denis Gapontsev, Ph.D., has served as our
Vice President of Research and Development since August 2000.
From 2000 until 2005, he was also a member of our Board of
Directors. From 1994 to 1996, Dr. Gapontsev worked as a
scientist at NTO IRE-Polus. He worked at IPFD from 1996 to 1998
and at IPG Laser from 1999 to 2000, where he researched fiber
lasers and raman fiber lasers. Dr. Gapontsev holds a B.S.
and an M.S. in Physics from the Moscow Physics and Technology
Institute and a Ph.D. from the University of London. He is the
son of Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev.
George H. BuAbbud, Ph.D., has served as our
Vice President, Telecommunications Products, since July 2002.
Prior to joining us, Dr. BuAbbud was Vice President and
Chief Technical Officer for the Access Network Systems division
of Marconi Communications, Inc., a maker of telecommunications
systems, from 1999 to 2002. He holds a B.E. in Electrical
Engineering from the American University of Beirut and an M.Sc.
and a Ph.D. in Electrical Engineering from the University of
Nebraska.
Alexander Ovtchinnikov, Ph.D., has served as
our Vice President, Components, since September 2005 and as
Director of Material Sciences from October 2001 to September
2005. Prior to joining us, Dr. Ovtchinnikov was Material
Science Manager of Lasertel, Inc., a maker of high-power
semiconductor lasers, from 1999 to 2001. For 15 years prior
to joining Lasertel, Inc., he worked on the development and
commercialization of high power diode pump technology at the
Ioffe Institute, Tampere University of Technology, Coherent,
Inc. and Spectra-Physics Corporation. He holds an M.S. in
Electrical Engineering from the Electrotechnical University of
St. Petersburg, Russia, and a Ph.D. from Ioffe Institute of the
Russian Academy of Sciences.
Igor Samartsev has been the acting General Manager
of NTO IRE-Polus since 2005. He served as the Technical Director
of NTO IRE-Polus from 2000 to April 2005 and, from 1993 to 2001,
he was the Deputy Director of NTO IRE-Polus. Mr. Samartsev
holds an M.S. in Physics from the Moscow Institute of Physics
and Technology.
Robert A. Blair has served as a member of our
Board of Directors since September 2000. Since January 1999,
Mr. Blair has been the President of the Blair Law Firm P.C.
Mr. Blair was a senior partner at the law firm of Manatt,
Phelps & Phillips from 1995 to 1999. He was the
managing partner of the law firm of Anderson, Hibey,
Nauheim & Blair from 1981 to 1995. He is a trustee
under Winkler Trusts, previously the primary sources of equity
for, and owners of, real estate ventures developed by The Mark
Winkler Company. Mr. Blair is managing partner of several
real estate partnerships, has been a manager/principal in
cellular telephone ventures and assisted in the launch of a VoIP
business. Mr. Blair holds a B.A. in Mathematics from the
College of William & Mary, where he serves on its
governing Board of Visitors, and a J.D. from the University of
Virginia School of Law.
Michael C. Child has served as a member of our
Board of Directors since September 2000. Since July 1982,
Mr. Child has been employed by TA Associates, Inc., a
private equity investment firm, where he currently serves as a
Managing Director. Mr. Child holds a B.S. in Electrical
Engineering from the
68
University of California at Davis and an M.B.A. from the
Stanford University Graduate School of Business. He is on the
Board of Directors of Eagle Test Systems, Inc.
John H. Dalton has served as a member of our Board
of Directors since September 2000. Since 2005, he has been
President of the Housing Policy Council of The Financial
Services Roundtable. From September 2000 to December 2004,
Mr. Dalton served as our President. He was appointed
Secretary of the Navy by President Clinton in 1993 and served in
that capacity until 1998. Mr. Dalton was nominated by
President Carter to be President of the Government National
Mortgage Association and to the Federal Home Loan Bank
Board, where he served as Chairman. He serves as Chairman of the
board of directors of
Breeze-Eastern Corp.
and he is a member of the boards of directors of Fresh Del Monte
Produce Inc. and eSpeed Inc. Mr. Dalton graduated with
distinction from the United States Naval Academy and holds an
M.B.A. from the Wharton School of Finance and Commerce of the
University of Pennsylvania.
Henry E. Gauthier has served as a member of our
Board of Directors since April 2006. Mr. Gauthier was
President of Reliant Technologies, Inc., a manufacturer of
medical laser systems, from February to May 2005 and has served
as Chairman of the board of directors of Reliant Technologies
since May 2005. Reliant Technologies is one of our customers. He
also serves as a consultant to Reliant Technologies. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions. He served as Vice Chairman of the board of
directors of Coherent, Inc., a manufacturer of photonic
products, from October 2002 to March 2005. He served as Chairman
of the board of directors of Coherent, Inc. from February 1997
to October 2002 and was its President from 1983 to 1996. Since
July 1996, Mr. Gauthier has served as a principal at
Gauthier Consulting. He has been a member of the board of
directors of Alara, Inc. since 1997. Mr. Gauthier attended
the United States Coast Guard Academy, San Jose State
University, and the Executive Institute of the Stanford
University Graduate Business School.
William S. Hurley has served as a member of our
Board of Directors since April 2006. Since April 2006, he has
been principal of W.S. Hurley Financial Consulting LLC, which
provides supplemental chief financial officer services. From
2002 to April 2006, he was a partner with Tatum LLC, a
nationwide executive services and consulting firm. He was Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Applied
Science & Technology, a developer, manufacturer and
supporter of semiconductor capital equipment, from 1999 until
2001. He served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at
Cybex International, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and
distributor of fitness equipment, from 1996 to 1999. From 1992
to 1995, he was Vice President-Controller and Chief Accounting
Officer at BBN Corporation, formerly known as Bolt,
Beranek & Newman, Inc., a high technology company.
Mr. Hurley holds a B.S. in Accounting from Boston College
and an M.B.A. in Finance from Columbia University Graduate
School of Business. Mr. Hurley is a certified public
accountant.
William F. Krupke, Ph.D., has served as a
member of our Board of Directors since February 2001. Since
1999, Dr. Krupke has been President of a laser technology
and applications consulting firm (now WFK Lasers, LLC). From
1972 to 1999, Dr. Krupke worked at the Lawrence Livermore
National Laboratory, which provides research and development
services to various U.S. government departments, serving
for the last twenty of such years as Deputy Associate Director
of the Laser Programs Directorate. He has over forty years of
experience in the fields of solid-state lasers and innovative
laser materials. Dr. Krupke holds a B.S. degree in Physics
from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and M.A. and Ph.D. degrees
in Physics from the University of California at Los Angeles.
Board of Directors
Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon
completion of this offering authorizes a board of directors
consisting of at least one, but no more than eleven, members. We
currently have nine directors. One of our directors,
Mr. Child, was nominated and elected as a director pursuant
to certain board composition provisions contained in a
stockholders agreement that we entered into with the holders of
our series B preferred stock and certain of our other
stockholders and pursuant to board composition provisions of our
current certificate of incorporation. The board composition
provisions of the stockholders agreement and our certificate of
incorporation will be terminated upon the closing of this
offering. This
69
stockholders agreement is described below under Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Series B Preferred Stockholders. Following the
completion of this offering, there will be no further
contractual obligations with respect to the election of our
directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have
been elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or
removal.
The members of our board of directors are elected annually at
our annual meeting of stockholders. At the first annual meeting
following the date that any stockholder that beneficially owned
25% or more of the total voting power of our company on the
effective date of our certificate of incorporation that will be
in effect upon completion of this offering ceases to own at
least 25% of the total voting power, our board of directors will
be divided into three classes with members of each class serving
staggered three-year terms. The creation of a classified board
could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third
party to acquire control of us.
A majority of our directors are independent within
the meaning of the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market.
Our board of directors has determined that each of
Messrs. Blair, Child, Gauthier, Hurley and Krupke is an
independent director.
Committees of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance
committee. The composition and functioning of all of our
committees complies with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq
Global Market that are currently applicable to us, and we intend
to comply with additional requirements to the extent they become
applicable to us.
Audit Committee. The current members of our audit
committee are Mr. Hurley, who serves as Chairman,
Mr. Child and Mr. Gauthier, each of whom is
independent for audit committee purposes under the
applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market and the SEC. The
board of directors has determined that Mr. Hurley qualifies
as an audit committee financial expert, as defined
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the applicable
rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. The audit committee, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
appoints, approves the compensation of, and assesses the
independence of our independent registered public accounting
firm; |
|
|
|
reviews the audit committee charter periodically and recommends
any necessary amendments to such charter to our board of
directors; |
|
|
|
oversees the work of our independent auditor, which includes the
receipt and consideration of certain reports from the
independent registered public accounting firm; |
|
|
|
resolves disagreements between management and our independent
registered public accounting firm; |
|
|
|
pre-approves auditing and permissible non-audit services, and
the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent
registered public accounting firm; |
|
|
|
reviews and discusses with management and the independent
registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly
financial statements and related disclosures; |
|
|
|
coordinates the oversight of our internal and external controls
over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and
code of business conduct and ethics; |
|
|
|
establishes, reviews and updates our code of business conduct
and ethics; |
|
|
|
reviews and approves all related-party transactions; |
|
|
|
establishes procedures for the receipt of accounting-related
complaints and concerns; |
70
|
|
|
|
|
meets independently with our independent registered public
accounting firm and management; and |
|
|
|
will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC rules to
be included in our proxy statements. |
Compensation Committee. The current members of our
compensation committee are Mr. Blair, who serves as
Chairman, Mr. Child and Mr. Gauthier, each of whom is
an independent director. The compensation committee, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
annually reviews base salary and incentive compensation for our
chief executive officer and other executive officers; |
|
|
|
approves corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation
of our chief executive officer and other executive officers; |
|
|
|
evaluates the performance of our chief executive officer in
light of our corporate goals and objectives and determines the
compensation of our chief executive officer; |
|
|
|
reviews and makes recommendations to the board of directors with
respect to the compensation of our other executive officers; and |
|
|
|
periodically reviews our incentive-based compensation plans and
stock-based plans and makes recommendations to the board of
directors with respect to such plans. |
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The
current members of our nominating and corporate governance
committee are Dr. Krupke, who serves as Chairman,
Mr. Blair and Mr. Hurley, each of whom is an
independent director. The nominating and corporate governance
committee, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
develops and recommends to the board of directors criteria for
board membership; |
|
|
|
recommends to the board of directors changes that the committee
believes to be desirable with regard to the appropriate size,
functions and needs of the board of directors; |
|
|
|
identifies and evaluates director candidates, including nominees
recommended by our stockholders; |
|
|
|
identifies individuals qualified to fill vacancies on any
committee of the board of directors; |
|
|
|
reviews procedures for stockholders to submit recommendations
for director candidates; |
|
|
|
recommends to the board of directors the persons to be nominated
for election as directors and to each of the boards
committees; |
|
|
|
reviews the performance of the committee and evaluates its
charter periodically; and |
|
|
|
develops and recommends to the board of directors a set of
corporate governance guidelines. |
Director Compensation
Directors who are also our employees receive no additional
compensation for their service as directors. Our non-employee
directors receive an annual retainer from us of $30,000 and do
not receive separate fees for attending meetings of the board of
directors, committees or stockholders. The chairman of our audit
committee receives an additional annual retainer of $20,000 and
the other members of the audit committee each receive an
additional annual retainer of $10,000. The chairman of our
compensation committee receives an additional annual retainer of
$15,000 and the other members of the compensation committee each
receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500. The chairman of
our nominating and corporate governance committee receives an
additional annual retainer of $10,000 and all other members of
the nominating and corporate governance committee each receive
an additional annual retainer of $5,000. The chairman of any
other committee will receive an additional annual retainer of
$5,000 and all
71
other members of such committees each will receive an additional
annual retainer of $2,500. In addition, commencing in 2007, the
non-employee directors continuing in office after the date of
our annual meeting of stockholders will receive immediately
following that date, a grant of stock options to
purchase 10,000 shares of our common stock vesting in
four equal annual installments. Upon initial election to the
board of directors, new non-employee directors will receive a
grant of stock options to purchase 30,000 shares of
our common stock vesting in four equal annual installments. The
exercise price of these stock options will not be less than the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.
Non-employee directors also are reimbursed for reasonable
expenses incurred in connection with attending board and
committee meetings.
Since January 1, 2005, we have granted the following
options to purchase common stock to our non-employee directors
for their service on the board of directors:
|
|
|
|
|
We granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common
stock to each of Messrs. Blair, Child and Dalton and
Dr. Krupke on June 12, 2005, at an exercise price of
$1.00 per share; |
|
|
|
We granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of common
stock to each of Messrs. Gauthier and Hurley on
April 18, 2006, at an exercise price of $3.58 per
share; and |
|
|
|
We granted options to purchase 10,000 shares of common
stock to each of Messrs. Blair, Child and Dalton and
Dr. Krupke on June 21, 2006, at an exercise price of
$4.30 per share. |
Each of the stock options vests in four equal annual
installments.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider
Participation
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board
of directors or compensation committee, or other committee
serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one
or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our
board of directors or compensation committee.
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth the compensation of our chief
executive officer and each of our other most highly compensated
executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2005.
We refer to these officers as the named executive
officers.
72
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-Term | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation | |
|
|
|
|
Annual Compensation | |
|
Awards | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Annual | |
|
Securities | |
|
All Other | |
Name and Principal |
|
|
|
Compensation | |
|
Underlying | |
|
Compensation | |
Position |
|
Salary($) | |
|
Bonus ($)(1) | |
|
($)(2) | |
|
Options(#) | |
|
($)(3) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Valentin P. Gapontsev
|
|
$ |
383,284 |
|
|
$ |
604,243 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,945 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board(4)(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eugene Shcherbakov
|
|
|
256,515 |
|
|
|
138,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Director and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director(4)(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angelo P. Lopresti
|
|
|
254,248 |
|
|
|
147,567 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
8,913 |
(6) |
|
Vice President, General |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Counsel and Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy P.V. Mammen
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
142,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
8,550 |
(7) |
|
Vice President and |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denis Gapontsev
|
|
|
227,479 |
|
|
|
94,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
470 |
|
|
Vice President, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Research and Development(5) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The bonuses paid in 2005 include an annual performance bonus for
the achievement of certain performance objectives which were met
during 2005. Bonuses paid in 2005 also include a one-time,
non-recurring loyalty bonus intended to reward officers for
their long-term contributions to us in the following amounts:
Dr. V. Gapontsev, $368,823; Dr. Shcherbakov, $72,236;
Mr. Lopresti, $68,750; Mr. Mammen, $82,500; and
Dr. D. Gapontsev, $29,750. |
|
(2) |
We have concluded that the aggregate amount of perquisites and
other personal benefits paid to each of the named executive
officers for fiscal year 2005 did not exceed the lesser of 10%
of such named executive officers total annual salary and
bonus for 2005 or $50,000; such amounts are not included in the
table. |
|
(3) |
All Other Compensation consists of our matching contributions to
retirement accounts under our 401(k) plan and our payment of
premiums on group term life insurance on behalf of our
employees. The group term life insurance does not have a cash
surrender value and premiums paid are not refunded upon
termination. |
|
(4) |
A portion of the amounts paid to Dr. Shcherbakov and
Dr. V. Gapontsev were denominated in Euros. These amounts
are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate as of
December 30, 2005. |
|
(5) |
A portion of the amounts paid to Dr. Shcherbakov,
Dr. V. Gapontsev and Dr. D. Gapontsev were denominated
in Rubles. These amounts are translated into U.S. dollars
at the exchange rate as of December 30, 2005. |
|
(6) |
Reflects our contribution of $8,430 to Mr. Loprestis
retirement account under our 401(k) plan and payment of $483 of
premiums on Mr. Loprestis group term life insurance. |
|
(7) |
Reflects our contribution of $8,294 to Mr. Mammens
retirement account under our 401(k) plan and payment of $256 of
premiums on Mr. Mammens group term life insurance. |
73
Stock Option Grants in the Last Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth certain information concerning
grants of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock
to each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2005. The percentage of total options
set forth below is based on an aggregate of
1,252,000 shares of our common stock underlying options
granted to employees and directors during the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2005. All options were granted under our 2000
Incentive Compensation Plan and have an exercise price equal to
the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant
as determined by our board of directors. These options will vest
over four years in four equal installments from the date of
grant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value at Assumed | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Rates of | |
|
|
Securities | |
|
% of Total | |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Price | |
|
|
Underlying | |
|
Options | |
|
|
|
|
|
Appreciation for | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Granted to | |
|
Exercise | |
|
|
|
Option Term (1) | |
|
|
Granted | |
|
Employees in | |
|
Price Per | |
|
|
|
| |
Name |
|
(#) | |
|
Fiscal Year | |
|
Share | |
|
Expiration Date | |
|
5% | |
|
10% | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Valentin P. Gapontsev
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eugene Shcherbakov
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angelo P. Lopresti
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
1.60 |
|
|
$ |
1.25 |
|
|
|
September 22, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy P.V. Mammen
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
1.60 |
|
|
$ |
1.25 |
|
|
|
September 22, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denis Gapontsev
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Potential realizable values are net of exercise price, but
before any taxes associated with exercise. The assumed rates of
stock price appreciation are provided in accordance with SEC
rules based upon an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share, and do not represent our estimate of our future stock
price. |
Aggregated Stock Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
and Fiscal Year-End Option Values
The following table provides information regarding exercisable
and unexercisable options held on December 31, 2005 by each
of the named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities | |
|
Value at Assumed Annual | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underlying Unexercised | |
|
Rates of Stock Price | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options at Fiscal | |
|
Appreciation for | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
|
|
Year-End (#) | |
|
Option Term (1) | |
|
|
Acquired on | |
|
Value | |
|
| |
|
| |
Name |
|
Exercise (#) | |
|
Realized ($) | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
Exercisable | |
|
Unexercisable | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Valentin P. Gapontsev
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
355,876 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eugene Shcherbakov
|
|
|
55,215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angelo P. Lopresti
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
283,708 |
|
|
|
36,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy P.V. Mammen
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271,259 |
|
|
|
36,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denis Gapontsev
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,019 |
|
|
|
16,666 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
There was no public trading market for our common stock as of
December 31, 2005. Accordingly, the value of unexercised
in-the-money options is
based on an assumed initial public offering price of
$ per
share, minus the per share exercise price, multiplied by the
number of shares underlying the option. |
74
Benefit Plans
|
|
|
2000 Incentive Compensation Plan, 2006 Incentive
Compensation Plan and Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan |
In April 2000, our board of directors adopted our 2000 Incentive
Compensation Plan, or 2000 plan, and in February 2006, our board
of directors adopted our 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, or
2006 plan. The 2000 plan was approved by our stockholders and we
plan to seek stockholder approval of the 2006 plan before the
completion of this offering. We reserved 8,750,000 shares
under the 2000 plan and 6,000,000 shares under the 2006
plan for the issuance of awards under the plans. Other than the
number of shares reserved, the plans are substantially
identical. Each plan will terminate ten years after its
adoption, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.
The 2000 plan and the 2006 plan are administered by the
compensation committee of our board of directors. The committee
approves awards under the plans, including the exercise price
and other terms of each award, subject to the provisions of the
plans and has general authority to administer the plan,
including to accelerate the vesting of awards and grant awards
in replacement of previously granted awards.
Each plan authorizes the grant of options to purchase common
stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options, as defined
in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, and
nonstatutory stock options. The plans also provide for awards of
restricted stock, stock units, performance shares, performance
units, stock appreciation rights and cash awards. The 2000 plan
also provides for awards of unrestricted stock.
Our officers, directors, employees, consultants and advisors are
eligible to receive awards under the plans. No participant may
receive awards for over 2,000,000 shares of common stock in
any calendar year under the 2000 plan, or over
2,500,000 shares of common stock in any calendar year under
the 2006 plan.
Incentive stock options may be granted under each plan to our
employees and employees of our affiliates as described in
Treasury Regulation Section 1.421(h), including our
officers, as well as officers and directors of our affiliates
who are also employees. The exercise price of incentive stock
options granted under each plan must be at least equal to the
fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The
exercise price of incentive stock options granted to an optionee
who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of
our outstanding capital stock must be at least equal to 110% of
the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.
This type of optionee must exercise his or her incentive stock
option within five years from the date of grant.
Under the terms of the 2000 plan and the 2006 plan, we may grant
nonstatutory stock options to our officers and other employees,
our directors and other individuals providing services to us at
an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of grant, unless the compensation
committee in its sole discretion and due to special
circumstances determines otherwise on the date of grant.
In June 2006, our board of directors adopted our Non-Employee
Directors Stock Plan (the non-employee director plan). We plan
to seek stockholder approval of this plan before the completion
of this offering. Only our non-employee directors are eligible
to receive awards under the plan. We reserved
250,000 shares for issuance under the non-employee director
plan. The maximum number of shares that may be issued or
transferred under the plan equals 0.75% of the number of shares
of our company outstanding (on a fully diluted basis) at the end
of the plan year preceding the then-current plan year, or on
January 1, 2006, whichever is greater, up to a maximum of
250,000 shares. The plan will terminate ten years after its
adoption, unless terminated earlier by our board of directors.
The non-employee director plan is administered by our
compensation committee. The committee approves awards under the
plan, including the exercise price and other terms of each
award, subject to the provisions of the plan and has general
authority to administer the plan, including to grant awards in
75
replacement of other awards. The exercise price must be at least
equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date
of grant.
The non-employee director plan authorizes the grant of options
to purchase common stock that are not intended to qualify as
incentive stock options, as defined in Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code. The plan also provides for awards of
stock appreciation rights, stock units, stock awards and cash
awards.
Each of the 2000 plan and the 2006 plan provides that, upon a
change of control of our company, the compensation committee
may, in its sole discretion:
|
|
|
|
|
accelerate the time for exercise or payout of all outstanding
awards; |
|
|
|
cancel the award after notice to the holder of an outstanding
award as long as the holder receives a payment equal to the
difference between the fair market value of the award on the
date of the change of control and the exercise price per share,
if any, of such award; or |
|
|
|
provide that all outstanding awards will be assumed by the
entity that acquires control or substituted for similar awards
by such entity. |
In addition, in the event that the 2000 plan or 2006 plan is
terminated due to a merger or acquisition of our company, the
compensation committee has the right, but not the obligation, to
direct the repurchase of outstanding stock options at a price
equal to the fair market value of the shares subject to the
repurchased options less the exercise price per share.
The non-employee director plan provides that awards accelerate
upon a change in control.
For these purposes, a change of control means the
occurrence of any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any person becomes a beneficial owner of our securities
representing at least 50% of the combined voting power of our
then-outstanding securities; |
|
|
|
persons who, at the beginning of any period of two consecutive
years, were members of the board of directors cease to
constitute a majority of the board of directors unless the
election or nomination for election by the stockholders of each
new director during that two-year period is approved by at least
two-thirds of the incumbent directors then still in office; |
|
|
|
the occurrence of a merger, sale of all or substantially all of
our assets, cash tender or exchange offer, contested election or
other business combination under circumstances in which our
stockholders immediately prior to such merger or other such
transaction do not, after such transaction, own shares
representing at least a majority of our voting power or the
surviving or resulting corporation, as the case may be; or |
|
|
|
our stockholders approve a complete liquidation. |
We adopted an employee savings and retirement plan qualified
under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code and covering
all of our employees in the United States. Employees may elect
to reduce their current compensation by up to 15% of their
eligible compensation per payroll period, but not in excess of
the statutorily prescribed annual limit and have the amount of
the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We currently make
matching contributions equal to 50% of each employees
contribution to the 401(k) plan, subject to a maximum
contribution of 6% of such employees annual compensation.
|
|
|
Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan |
Employees who are at the level of vice president or
employee-director or at a more senior level are eligible to
receive awards under our Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive
Plan (short-term plan). The short-term plan is administered by a
committee appointed by our board of directors, which has
discretion to determine the type of award, whether cash or
non-cash, granted pursuant to the terms of the
76
short-term plan. No later than ninety days after the start of
each fiscal year, the committee must determine who is eligible
to receive awards under the short-term plan, establish
performance goals and objectives for those eligible employees,
establish target awards for each participant of up to 200% of
the participants aggregated base salary and deferred
compensation for the relevant performance period, and determine
what percentage of the target award should be allocated to the
achievement of each of the chosen performance targets.
As soon as practicable after the end of the relevant performance
period, the committee must certify the amount of the award for
each participant, after the committee has determined the
performance results for each performance goal and objective and
the amount to which each participant is entitled based on his or
her percentage allocation. The committee has the discretion to
reduce the amount of any award to reflect its assessment of an
individuals performance during the relevant performance
period or for other reasons. Awards are paid to participants as
soon as practicable after the awards are determined, but in no
event later than two and a half months after the end of the
relevant performance period. A participant must be employed at
the end of the relevant performance period in order to receive
an award subject to certain specified exceptions.
In the event that any recapitalization, reorganization, merger,
acquisition, divestiture, consolidation, spin-off, combination,
liquidation, dissolution, sale of assets or other similar
corporate transaction or any other extraordinary item or event
not foreseen at the time of the grant of the award or other
event that distorts the applicable performance goals and
objectives, the committee is required to adjust the chosen
performance targets to the extent necessary to prevent reduction
or enlargement of participants awards under the short-term
plan.
In the event of a change of control, we are required to pay each
eligible employee a fraction of either the amount of the award
granted to such employee in the prior performance period or the
amount of such employees current target award. This
payment does not discharge the obligation to make a final
payment under the short-term plan, but the payment will be
offset against any later award required under the short-term
plan for the calendar year in which the change of control
occurs. For purposes of the short-term plan, a change of
control means the occurrence of any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
any person becomes a beneficial owner of our securities
representing at least 50% of the combined voting power of our
then-outstanding securities; or |
|
|
|
our stockholders approve a reorganization, merger or
consolidation, or a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of our company. |
Agreements with Executive Officers
On March 1, 2006, we entered into employment agreements
with Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, Dr. Shcherbakov,
Messrs. Mammen and Lopresti, and Dr. Denis Gapontsev.
These agreements are for a two-year term of employment, except
that the term of Dr. Valentin Gapontsevs agreement is
three years. All of these agreements are automatically renewed
upon the completion of their initial terms for successive
one-year periods until either we or the executive officer gives
180 days prior written notice of their intent not to
extend the agreement. The annual base salaries for these
officers are as follows: Dr. Valentin Gapontsev, $360,000;
Dr. Shcherbakov, $280,000; Mr. Mammen, $270,000;
Mr. Lopresti, $270,000; and Dr. Denis Gapontsev,
$240,000. The agreements entitle these executive officers to
participate in any bonus plans, standard insurance plans, such
as life, accidental death and dismemberment, short-term
disability and long-term disability insurance, and retirement
benefits, such as the 401(k) plan and stock option plans
described earlier, on similar terms and on a similar basis as
such benefits are available to executives at similar levels
within the organization. The agreements for Dr. Valentin
Gapontsev, Dr. Eugene Shcherbakov and Dr. Denis
Gapontsev require each of them to refrain from competing with us
for a period of one year following the termination of their
employment with us for any reason, and from hiring our employees
or soliciting our customers for a period ending on the later of
March 1, 2008 or eighteen
77
months following the termination of their employment with us for
any reason. These employment agreements also provide for payment
of any unpaid bonus award to the respective executive officer in
the event his employment with us is terminated as a result of
his disability or to his estate if his employment is terminated
as a result of his death. In addition, each of these agreements,
other than the agreement with Dr. Valentin Gapontsev,
provide that in the case of termination by an officer for good
reason, or by us without cause, the officer will receive 100% of
his salary, for a period of one year from the date of
termination. In the event that Dr. Valentin Gapontsev
terminates his employment for good reason, he will receive 100%
salary continuation for the longer of one year or the remaining
term of his agreement, but in no event longer than two years.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
Our certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon
completion of this offering limits the personal liability of our
directors for breach of fiduciary duty as our director to the
maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director
will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for
monetary damages for any such breach of fiduciary duty as a
director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit
the liability of any of our directors or officers for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders; |
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; |
|
|
|
any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or |
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director or officer derived an
improper personal benefit. |
These limitations of liability do not alter director liability
under the federal securities laws and do not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or
rescission.
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws that will be in
effect upon completion of this offering provide that we will
indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent
permitted by law, and that we will advance expenses, including
attorneys fees, to our directors and officers in
connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited
exceptions.
In addition to the indemnification provisions of our certificate
of incorporation and by-laws, we have entered into
indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our
executive officers. These agreements provide that we will
indemnify each of our directors and executive officers to the
fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each
indemnitee in connection with any proceeding in which
indemnification is available.
We also maintain general liability insurance which covers
certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of
claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as
directors or officers, including liabilities under the
Securities Act. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities
arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors,
officers, or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
78
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a
lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary
duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the
likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and
officers, even though such an action, if successful, might
otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a
stockholders investment may be adversely affected to the
extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against
directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification
provisions. We believe that these provisions, the
indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to
attract and retain qualified and experienced directors and
officers.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding
involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification
may be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened
litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such
indemnification.
79
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table provides information about the beneficial
ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2006 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to own
beneficially more than 5% of our common stock; |
|
|
|
each of our named executive officers; |
|
|
|
each of our directors; |
|
|
|
all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and |
|
|
|
each selling stockholder. |
In accordance with SEC rules, beneficial ownership includes any
shares for which a person or group of affiliated persons has
sole or shared voting power or investment power and any shares
for which the person or entity has the right to acquire
beneficial ownership within 60 days through the exercise of
any option or otherwise. Except as noted below, we believe that
the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment
power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth
opposite their names. Except as otherwise indicated, the address
of each of the persons in this table is in care of IPG Photonics
Corporation, 50 Old Webster Road, Oxford, Massachusetts
01540.
The percentages of beneficial ownership are based on
48,706,190 shares of common stock outstanding as of
September 30,
2006, shares
of common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis
and shares
of common stock that will be outstanding after completion of
this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters
overallotment option. The number of shares and percentages of
our common stock beneficially owned prior to this offering are
calculated assuming that each share of preferred stock converts
into common stock at the conversion rates now in effect. The pro
forma beneficial ownership prior to the offering gives effect to
the conversion of each share of preferred stock into common
stock at the adjusted conversion rates for our preferred stock
to be in effect at the closing of the offering that will be
based upon the public offering price. The series B warrants
that are currently outstanding will be repurchased at the
closing of this offering and accordingly have been excluded from
this table for all purposes. See Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership | |
|
Beneficial Ownership | |
|
|
|
Beneficial Ownership | |
|
|
Prior to Offering | |
|
Prior to Offering | |
|
Shares | |
|
After Offering | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Being | |
|
| |
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Number | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Number | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Offered | |
|
Number | |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Valentin P. Gapontsev(1)
|
|
|
30,398,876 |
|
|
|
62.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IP Fibre Devices (UK) Ltd.(1)
|
|
|
11,150,000 |
|
|
|
22.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TA Associates Funds(2)
|
|
|
2,352,941 |
|
|
|
4.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JDS Uniphase Corporation(3)
|
|
|
2,684,211 |
|
|
|
5.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denis Gapontsev(4)
|
|
|
2,578,352 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert A. Blair
|
|
|
547,500 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John H. Dalton(5)
|
|
|
496,933 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Igor Samartsev(6)
|
|
|
503,445 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eugene Shcherbakov(7)
|
|
|
489,991 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy P.V. Mammen(8)
|
|
|
422,592 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angelo P. Lopresti(9)
|
|
|
422,042 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William F. Krupke(10)
|
|
|
157,500 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael C. Child(11)
|
|
|
2,460,441 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
George H. BuAbbud(12)
|
|
|
305,000 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alexander Ovtchinnikov(13)
|
|
|
141,667 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Henry E. Gauthier
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William S. Hurley
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)(14)
|
|
|
38,924,339 |
|
|
|
77.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
|
* |
Less than 1.0%. |
|
|
(1) |
Includes shares beneficially owned by IPFD, of which
Dr. Valentin Gapontsev is the managing director.
Dr. Valentin Gapontsev has voting and investment power with
respect to the shares held of record by IPFD and is the father
of Dr. Denis Gapontsev. Dr. Valentin Gapontsev has a
53% economic interest in IPFD. |
|
|
(2) |
Amounts shown reflect the aggregate number of shares of common
stock held by TA IX L.P., TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P.,
TA/Advent VIII L.P., TA Executives Fund LLC, and TA
Investors LLC (collectively, the TA Associates
Funds), assuming the conversion of 2,000,000 shares
of our series B preferred stock. Investment and voting
control of the TA Associates Funds is held by TA Associates,
Inc. No stockholder, director or officer of TA Associates, Inc.
has voting or investment power with respect to our shares of
common stock held by the TA Associates Funds. Voting and
investment power with respect to such shares is vested in a
four-person investment committee consisting of the following
employees of TA Associates: Messrs. Michael C. Child,
Jonathan M. Goldstein, C. Kevin Landry and Kenneth T. Schiciano.
Mr. Child is a Managing Director of TA Associates, Inc.,
the manager of the general partner of TA IX L.P. and TA/Advent
VIII L.P.; the manager of TA Investors LLC and TA Executives
Fund LLC; and the general partner of the general partner of
TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P. Mr. Child has been a
member of our board of directors since November 2000. See
note 11 below. The address of TA Associates, Inc. is John
Hancock Tower, 56th Floor, 200 Clarendon Street,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116. |
|
|
|
(3) |
Amounts shown reflect the aggregate number of shares of common
stock held by JDS Uniphase Corporation, assuming the conversion
of 2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock.
The address of JDS Uniphase Corporation is 1768 Automation
Parkway, San Jose, California 95131. We have been informed
that David Vellequette, the Chief Financial Officer of
JDS Uniphase Corporation, has voting and investment power
with respect to the shares held by JDS Uniphase. |
|
|
|
(4) |
Includes 78,352 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options. Does not include shares held by IPFD. Dr. Denis
Gapontsev has a 15% economic interest in IPFD but does not
possess voting or investment power with respect to such interest. |
|
(5) |
Includes 7,500 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options. |
|
(6) |
Includes 3,445 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options. Does not include shares held by IPFD.
Mr. Samartsev has an 8% economic interest in IPFD but does
not possess voting or investment power with respect to such
interest. |
|
|
(7) |
Does not include shares held by IPFD. Dr. Shcherbakov has
an 8% economic interest in IPFD but does not possess voting or
investment power. Includes 100,000 shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(8) |
Includes 284,592 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise
of options. |
|
|
|
(9) |
Includes 272,042 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise
of options. |
|
|
|
(10) |
Includes 7,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
options. |
|
|
(11) |
Includes 107,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise
of options and 2,212,389 shares held by TA Associates,
Inc. Mr. Child is a managing director of TA Associates,
Inc. and may be considered to have beneficial ownership of TA
Associates, Inc.s interest in us. Mr. Child disclaims
beneficial ownership of all such shares. Mr. Child has been
a member of our board of directors since September 2000. See
note 2 above. |
|
|
|
(12) |
Includes 275,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(13) |
Includes 5,000 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options. |
|
|
|
(14) |
Includes 1,140,931 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise of options. |
|
81
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions with IP Fibre Devices
We currently do not have any loans due to IPFD or due from
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our chief executive officer and
chairman of the board.
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, Dr. Denis Gapontsev, our
Vice President, Research and Development, Dr. Eugene
Shcherbakov, a member of our board of directors and Managing
Director of IPG Laser, and Igor Samartsev, a member of our board
of directors and Managing Director of NTO IRE-Polus, own 53%,
15%, 8% and 8%, respectively, of IPFD, which owns
11,150,000 shares of our common stock, which will
represent % of our outstanding
common stock upon completion of this offering. IPFD is a limited
company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom. Its
primary purpose is to hold financial and other assets and it
does not engage in any business that is competitive to ours.
IPFD has informed us that shares of our common stock comprise a
majority of the assets of IPFD.
IPFD acquired 10,000,000 shares of our common stock in 1999
in connection with the formation of IPG Photonics Corporation.
IPFD acquired an additional 1,150,000 shares of our common
stock in a corporate restructuring in August 2000 as part of the
consideration received by IPFD in connection with our
acquisition of a 50% ownership interest in IPG Laser. Prior to
the restructuring, IPG Photonics Corporation, IPG Laser and IPG
Fibertech S.r.l., our Italian subsidiary, were operated under
the common control of Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and IPFD.
We restructured our company as a condition to the closing of our
series B preferred stock financing.
Until July 31, 2006, we maintained a revolving credit line
with available principal of up to $4.6 million with IPFD.
Borrowings under the credit facility bore interest at a rate
equal to the three-month LIBOR rate in effect on the date of
drawdown plus 2%. The weighted average annual rate was 3.5% at
June 30, 2006. Interest under this credit line totaled
$106,000, $156,000, $161,000 and $80,000 for 2003, 2004, 2005
and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively.
The credit facility was secured by certain of our inventory and
equipment located in the United States. The credit line was
established in August 2002 with an initial borrowing
availability of $3.0 million and increased to
$4.6 million in April 2003.
On July 31, 2006, IPFD purchased 1,156,005 shares of
our common stock from Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev in exchange
for $357,000 in cash and $4.6 million in the form of the
assignment of amounts due under our credit line with IPFD.
Simultaneously, we exchanged with Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
the note to us due from him described below with a remaining
amount due of $5.0 million for $357,000 in cash and
$4.6 million in the form of the assignment of amounts due
under our credit line.
NTO IRE-Polus, one of our subsidiaries, borrowed $560,000 from
IPFD in January 2002 at an interest rate of 4.5% annually.
Interest on the loan was $30,000, $20,000, $25,000 and $9,000
for 2003, 2004, 2005 and the six months ended June 30,
2006, respectively. The loan was repaid in full in May 2006.
We sublease office space in London, UK from IPFD and reimburse
IPFD for general and administrative expenses. The costs related
to the sublease and shared services totaled $115,000, $148,000,
$116,000 and $64,000 in 2003, 2004, 2005 and the six months
ended June 30, 2006, respectively. During 2004, IPFD sold
optical components to us with an aggregate value of $297,000,
and in 2003, it sold manufacturing equipment and optical
components that we use in our production process to us with an
aggregate value of $819,000 and $16,000, respectively. The
manufacturing equipment and optical components that IPFD sold to
us were purchased by IPFD at auction from third parties after we
declined the opportunity to purchase them in accordance with a
determination by the independent members of our board of
directors. These components were later sold to us at cost plus
5% (for handling, storage and carrying costs) when, as our sales
increased, we determined that we would need the components and
equipment for the manufacture of finished products.
82
Transactions with NTO IRE-Polus
We own 51% of NTO IRE-Polus, our Russian subsidiary.
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and Igor Samartsev own 26.7% and
4.9%, respectively, of NTO IRE-Polus. The remaining 17.1% of NTO
IRE-Polus is owned by certain of NTO IRE-Poluss other
current and former employees and unaffiliated third parties. NTO
IRE-Polus provides us with research and development and low-cost
contract manufacturing capacity, and sells products to customers
in Russia and neighboring countries. We acquired our majority
ownership interest directly from NTO IRE-Polus in 2001. At such
time, we agreed to invest up to $5.0 million in NTO
IRE-Polus, of which $2.5 million has been invested. We will
be obligated to provide the remaining $2.5 million at such
time as NTO IRE-Polus requests such amounts. Our investment
obligation is subject to our approval of the business plan of
NTO IRE-Polus. This investment will not increase our equity
interest in
NTO IRE-Polus. The
proceeds of our investment were and are to be used by NTO
IRE-Polus solely for equipment purchases and the development of
additional manufacturing capacity. All profits earned by NTO
IRE-Polus to date have been re-invested in NTO IRE-Polus and
there have been no distributions to stockholders of NTO-IRE
Polus since we purchased our majority interest. The charter of
NTO IRE-Polus provides that the stockholders of NTO IRE-Polus
may each quarter, once a half-year, or once a year approve net
profit distributions to the stockholders in proportion to their
shares in NTO IRE-Poluss authorized capital. In the
ordinary course of business, we sell components to NTO
IRE-Polus. NTO IRE-Polus also sells us components, tools and
equipment that we use in our production and testing.
In August 2000, we entered into an agreement regarding
intellectual property with NTO IRE-Polus. Pursuant to the
agreement, NTO IRE-Polus provides us and our subsidiaries, on an
exclusive basis, with research and development services relating
to fiber amplifiers, fiber lasers and other associated products
as well as all intellectual property incorporated in or relating
to these products. Under this agreement, we are required to pay
NTO IRE-Poluss direct and overhead costs, plus a fee of
10% for its research and development services.
Transactions between us and NTO IRE-Polus generated
approximately $7.8 million and $5.8 million of
revenues for NTO IRE-Polus for the year ended December 31,
2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively.
Dr. Gapontsevs significant ownership interest in this
entity creates the possibility of a conflict of interest since,
by having an ownership interest in both our company and NTO
IRE-Polus, his economic interests may be affected by
transactions between the two entities. To address potential or
perceived conflicts of interest, we intend to implement the
following procedures:
|
|
|
|
|
we intend to adopt a board policy that the audit committee of
our board of directors will review and approve any distributions
and dividends to stockholders of NTO IRE-Polus; |
|
|
|
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and Mr. Samartsev intend to
grant a proxy to us to vote their shares with respect to NTO
IRE-Polus, giving us the ability to vote 82.6% of its total
shares and allowing us to have sufficient votes to elect the
general manager of NTO IRE-Polus and approve other changes that
require the approval of
662/3%
of NTO IRE-Poluss stockholders; and |
|
|
|
Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev and Mr. Samartsev intend to
grant a right of first refusal to us on any sale of their shares
of NTO IRE-Polus to existing stockholders of
NTO IRE-Polus at a
price equal to the lesser of the per-share fair value or book
value of NTO IRE-Polus as of June 30, 2006. The charter
documents of NTO IRE-Polus and applicable Russian law also
provide that existing stockholders, including us, have a right
of first refusal up to their respective pro rata interests with
respect to transfers of shares of NTO IRE-Polus to third
parties. |
Notwithstanding the fact that we will have supermajority voting
control of NTO IRE-Polus after Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
and Mr. Samartsev grant us a proxy to vote their shares of
NTO IRE-Polus, there will remain certain actions that will
require unanimous approval under Russian law and NTO
IRE-Poluss charter. The actions are as follows: amending
the stockholders agreement of
NTO IRE-Polus;
83
reorganizing or liquidating NTO IRE-Polus; providing,
terminating or restricting general stockholders rights;
granting additional rights to individual stockholders; imposing
or terminating stockholder obligations or imposing funding
obligations on stockholders; amending NTO IRE-Poluss
charter to restrict the maximum size of a stockholders
investment in the company or to limit the ratio of a
stockholders contribution to the company relative to other
stockholders contributions, and the amendment or
termination of such provisions in the charter; valuing proposed
non-cash contributions to NTO IRE-Poluss authorized
capital; amending existing provisions of the charter governing
profit distribution to stockholders of NTO IRE-Polus; increasing
the authorized capital of NTO IRE-Polus; adding, amending or
removing provisions of NTO IRE Poluss charter which
provide for the stockholders right of first offer with
respect to shares of NTO IRE-Polus; and sales of additional
shares of NTO IRE-Polus.
Additionally, in accordance with the applicable rules of the
Nasdaq Global Market, we will conduct an appropriate review of
all related party transactions for potential conflict of
interest situations on an ongoing basis and all such
transactions will be approved by our audit committee. See
Risk Factors Risks Related to This
Offering Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, Our
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Principal Stockholder,
Owns a Material Portion of One of Our Operating Subsidiaries,
Which Creates the Possibility of a Conflict of Interest.
Transactions with Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev
In March 2001, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev, our Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, borrowed
$5.8 million at an annual interest rate of 5.86% from us to
pay personal income taxes related to a restructuring of our
company in 2000. He pledged 696,000 shares of our common
stock owned by him to secure the loan. In April 2003, we amended
the note to make it a non-recourse note and lowered the annual
interest rate to 1.46% in consideration for Dr. Gapontsev
(i) causing his affiliate, IPFD, to increase its credit
line to our company to $4.6 million from $3.0 million
(as described above under Transactions with IP
Fibre Devices), (ii) pledging an additional
5,104,000 shares of our common stock and
(iii) agreeing to apply any tax refunds that he received
relating to our restructuring towards prepayment of the note. In
July 2003, Dr. Gapontsev repaid approximately
$1.7 million in principal and interest on the loan. In
April 2005, we extended the maturity date of the loan from
December 31, 2004 to the earlier of December 31, 2006
or one year following our initial public offering. This loan was
repaid in July 2006 as described above.
In November 2004, Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev provided a
personal guarantee relating to a bank line of credit for us in
the principal amount of up to $3.0 million. In
consideration of the personal guarantee, we agreed to pay him a
fee equal to the interest on his loan from us (to be adjusted to
account for any adverse tax effects) for each quarter that his
loan was outstanding. We paid $16,000, $136,000 and $36,000 in
2004, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively,
to Dr. Gapontsev for this guarantee. His loan has been
repaid. The credit line guarantee amount has increased to
$7.0 million. Dr. Gapontsev has also provided a
personal guarantee relating to a Euro-denominated note with a
principal balance of $2.1 million, as well as partial
guarantees with respect to our overdraft facility with available
principal of Euro 4.4 million (approximately
$5.5 million at June 30, 2006) and our Euro
construction loan. We did not compensate Dr. Gapontsev for
these guarantees.
Director and Officer Loans
The notes described below from Messrs. Robert A. Blair and
John H. Dalton were repaid in full in August 2006.
In 2000, Mr. Blair, one of our directors, borrowed $440,000
from us under two notes to exercise options to purchase shares
of our common stock. One of the notes, in the principal amount
of $190,000, was non-recourse and was secured by a pledge of
190,000 shares of our common stock and then bore interest
at 6.8%. The other note, in the principal amount of $250,000,
was recourse and then bore interest at 6.0%. We amended the
notes in 2003 to (i) lower the interest rate to 1.68% for
the $190,000 note and 1.52% for the $250,000 note,
(ii) extend the maturity dates to March 2005 for the
$190,000 note and
84
November 2005 for the $250,000 note, and (iii) convert the
$250,000 note to a non-recourse obligation. Mr. Blair also
pledged an additional 300,000 shares of our common stock to
secure both notes. In April 2005, we extended the maturity dates
of the notes to the earlier of December 31, 2006 or one
year following our initial public offering. Mr. Blair paid
a total of $61,583 in interest on these notes.
In April 2001, Mr. Dalton, one of our directors, borrowed
$150,000 from us under a note bearing interest at an annual rate
of 5.86%. The note was secured by a pledge of 75,000 shares
of our common stock. We amended the note in September 2003 to
lower the interest rate to 1.52% per year and to extend the
maturity date to December 31, 2004. In July 2004, we
extended the maturity date to the earlier of December 31,
2006 or one year following our initial public offering.
Mr. Dalton paid a total of $30,293 in interest on the note.
In December 2004, Mr. Dalton exercised non-qualified
options to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock
at an exercise price of $1.00 per share for a total
purchase price of $100,000. Mr. Dalton paid the exercise
price in the form of 10,000 shares of our series A
preferred stock that he owned that had an aggregate liquidation
preference of $100,000. Mr. Dalton acquired the
10,000 shares of our series A preferred stock in March
2000, prior to his service as a director and president of our
company, for a price of $10.00 per share, the same price
paid by each of the other holders of the series A preferred
stock at that time.
In January 2001, Mr. Vincent Au-Yeung borrowed
approximately $786,000 from us under a note bearing interest at
an annual rate of 5.61%. Mr. Au-Yeung served as our
Executive Vice President from January 2001 until August 2003.
The note was secured by the pledge of 250,000 shares of our
common stock. Mr. Au-Yeung paid a total of $247,000 in
interest on the note, which was repaid in full in January 2006.
In November 2003, we made an interest-free loan to
Dr. Denis Gapontsev in the amount of $175,000. The loan was
secured by real property owned by Dr. Denis Gapontsev. In
2004, he repaid $103,000 of the outstanding principal amount
and, in 2005, he repaid the remaining outstanding principal
amount of $72,000.
Series B Preferred Stockholders
General. In 2000, we sold 3,800,000 shares of our
series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase common
stock to a group of investors for a total purchase price of
$95.0 million. Of these investors, TA Associates Inc.,
together with its affiliated entities, purchased an aggregate of
2,000,000 shares of our series B preferred stock and
related warrants for a total purchase price of
$50.0 million. Michael C. Child, one of our directors, is a
managing director of TA Associates. Holders of series B
preferred stock are entitled to elect a director to our board of
directors and they have the right to require us to redeem their
series B preferred stock starting on April 15, 2007.
Upon completion of this offering, the series B preferred
stock, including the 2,000,000 shares of series B
preferred stock held by TA Associates and its affiliates, will
convert
into shares
of our common stock, assuming an offering price of
$ per
share, and, pursuant to the terms of the series B preferred
stock, as amended, we will issue to the holders of the
series B preferred stock subordinated notes in the
principal amount of $20.0 million, including an aggregate
principal amount of $10.5 million of such notes which will
be issued to TA Associates and its affiliates. Also, we intend
to purchase with a portion of the proceeds of this offering the
warrants held by the holders of the series B preferred
stock for an aggregate purchase price of $22.1 million,
including an aggregate of $11.6 million which we will pay
for the warrants held by TA Associates and its affiliates.
Series B Preferred Stock. In order to provide for
the automatic conversion of the series B preferred stock at
public offering prices below $25.00 per share and a deferral of
the redemption of the series B preferred stock, we amended
its terms in December 2005.
Pursuant to the December 2005 amendment, the right of the
holders of our series B preferred stock to require us to
redeem an aggregate of
331/3%
of the originally issued and outstanding series B
85
preferred stock then held by such holders was deferred from
August 25, 2006 to April 15, 2007. We also agreed to
automatically convert the series B preferred stock into a
combination of common stock and subordinated debt upon the
occurrence of a qualified public offering at initial offering
prices below $25.00 per share, which was the minimum
conversion price of the series B preferred stock at the
time of the amendment. Under the current terms of the
series B preferred stock, a qualified public
offering is one: (i) that generates gross proceeds to
us of at least $75 million, (ii) that offers the
shares of our common stock at or above a price of $3.00 per
share, (iii) that is listed for trading on the New York
Stock Exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market, and
(iv) in which either we repurchase all of the warrants to
purchase our common stock that were granted to the holders of
our series B preferred stock or the holders of warrants are
permitted to exercise them and sell the common stock acquired
upon exercise in the offering. We further amended the terms of
the series B preferred stock to provide that in a qualified
public offering, the holders of series B preferred stock
will receive consideration equal to the greater of (A) what
such holders would have received if we were sold to a third
party using the public offering price to compute the total sale
price, which amount would have included the liquidation
preference of the series B preferred stock plus an
additional participation amount, as set forth in our certificate
of incorporation, and (B) what such holders would have
received if the series B preferred stock were converted
upon the public offering at the following per share conversion
prices: (x) $10.00, if (as described under
Warrants below) the price to the public
is equal to or greater than $3.00 and less than $25.00;
(y) the price to the public divided by a factor of 2.5, if
the offering price per share is equal to or greater than $25.00
and less than $62.50; and (z) $25.00, if the price to the
public in the qualified public offering is equal to or greater
than $62.50.
The consideration that the holders of series B preferred
stock will receive upon a qualified public offering consists of
subordinated three-year notes totaling $20.0 million in
principal amount and the remainder in the form of our common
stock, valued at the per share offering price to the public in
the qualified public offering. The subordinated notes will bear
interest at the greater of the short-term applicable Federal
rate, as published by the Internal Revenue Service in regular
Revenue Rulings, or 4% in the first year, 7% in the second year
and 10% in the third year. The following table shows the
consideration that the holders of the series B preferred
stock, as a class, and TA Associates will receive upon the
conversion of their shares of series B preferred stock upon
the completion of this offering (all amounts in thousands except
per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ | |
|
$ | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
IPG Common Stock Price Per Share |
|
All Holders | |
|
TA Associates | |
|
All Holders | |
|
TA Associates | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Common stock(1)
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Subordinated notes
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
10,526 |
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
10,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents and shares,
respectively, for all series B preferred stockholders and
TA Associates at
$ per
share
and and shares,
respectively, for all series B preferred stockholders and
TA Associates at
$ per
share. |
Prior to the December 2005 amendment, a qualified public
offering was one: (i) that generates net proceeds in
excess of $100 million; (ii) that is listed for
trading on the New York Stock Exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq
Global Market; and (iii) that offers the shares of our
common stock at or above a price of $62.50 per share, after
underwriting commissions and discounts. An offering that did not
meet the minimum offering price condition could have been a
qualified public offering if the conversion price of the
series B preferred stock were to be adjusted downward to
equal the price per share in the qualified public offering
divided by a factor of 2.50, subject to a minimum adjusted
conversion price of $10.00 per share. Prior to the December
2005 amendment, the series B preferred stock would not have
automatically converted into common stock upon a qualified
public offering if the net offering price to the public in the
qualified public offering were less than $25.00 per share
and would have converted solely into shares of common stock if
the net offering price to the public in the qualified public
offering were $25.00 or more.
86
Warrants. There are warrants outstanding entitling the
holders to purchase shares of our common stock. We granted the
warrants in 2000 to a group of private investors in connection
with the sale of our series B preferred stock. The warrants
entitle the holders to acquire shares of our common stock valued
at $47.5 million,
or shares,
assuming an offering price of
$ ,
at an exercise price equal to 50% of the public offering price.
The warrants are exercisable only upon the merger or liquidation
of our company, the sale of all of our assets or stock or an
underwritten initial public offering of our common stock. In
December 2005, we extended the expiration date of all of the
warrants from August 30, 2007 to April 15, 2008. We
also obtained the option to purchase the warrants for an
aggregate price of $22.1 million at the conclusion of our
initial public offering. We intend to purchase all of the
warrants upon the completion of this offering using a portion of
the proceeds from the sale of our common stock.
Series D Preferred Stockholder
In August 2003, we settled a contract dispute and related
litigation with JDS Uniphase Corporation (JDSU) related to a
claim by JDSU that we had breached an agreement to purchase
semiconductor diodes, a key component of our products, from
JDSU. Under the terms of the settlement: (i) we issued a
three-year secured promissory note in the principal amount of
$6.4 million payable to JDSU, bearing interest at a rate of
4% per year, in payment for previously shipped product;
(ii) we entered into two new supply agreements to sell
specified laser products to JDSU at discounted amounts and to
purchase from JDSU certain percentages of our external
requirements, if any, for semiconductor diodes; (iii) we
issued to JDSU (A) 2,684,211 shares of our
series D preferred stock having a liquidation preference of
$5.1 million and (B) a $5.1 million non-interest
bearing three-year note, convertible into an additional
2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock at a
conversion price of $1.90 per share; and (iv) we
terminated an earlier purchase agreement with JDSU. The interest
we paid to JDSU under the interest-bearing note totaled $91,000,
$187,000 and $45,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. We
repaid all amounts under the interest-bearing note in May 2005
and we repaid all amounts under the convertible note in August
2006. We sold products to JDSU for an aggregate sale price of
$38,000, $189,000, $119,000 and $69,000 in 2003, 2004, 2005 and
the six months ended June 30, 2006, respectively. JDSU is
not prohibited under the settlement from competing with us
through the resale of our products. We have not purchased any
semiconductor diodes from JDSU since we entered into the
settlement agreement.
Holders of our series D preferred stock have a number of
rights superior to those of our common stock and series A
preferred stock relating to liquidation and sale preference,
voting rights, redemption rights and required approvals of
certain transactions. Upon completion of this offering,
2,684,211 shares of series D preferred stock held by
JDSU will automatically convert into 2,523,158 shares of
our common stock at a rate of 0.94 shares of common stock
for each share of series D preferred stock.
Stockholders Agreement
In connection with the investment in us by the holders of our
series B preferred stock, including TA Associates, we
entered into a stockholders agreement, dated as of
August 30, 2000, with the holders of the series B
preferred stock, IPFD, Drs. Valentin P. Gapontsev, Denis
Gapontsev and Eugene Shcherbakov, Igor Samartsev and our other
founders. The stockholders agreement contains rights of last
refusal and co-sale, preemptive rights and voting rights. JDSU
obtained pre-emptive and co-sale rights under a stockholders
agreement, dated as of August 13, 2003, in connection with
the issuance of our series D preferred stock. These
provisions of the stockholders agreements will terminate upon
the closing of this offering. We have agreed to indemnify the
holders of our series B preferred stock, subject to
exceptions, for damages, expenses or losses arising out of,
based upon or by reason of any third-party or governmental
claims relating to their status as a security holder, creditor,
director, agent, representative or controlling person of us, or
otherwise relating to their involvement with us. This covenant
continues until the expiration of the applicable statute of
limitations.
87
Registration Rights Agreements
In connection with the issuance of our series B preferred
stock, we entered into a registration rights agreement in August
2000 with the holders of our series B preferred stock. We
also entered into a registration rights agreement in August 2003
with JDSU in connection with the issuance of our series D
preferred stock and the convertible note to JDSU. Pursuant to
these agreements, under certain circumstances these stockholders
are entitled to require us to register their shares of common
stock under the U.S. federal securities laws for resale.
See Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights for a description of these and other registration
rights agreements.
Reliant Technologies
In April 2006, Henry E. Gauthier joined our board of directors.
Mr. Gauthier serves as the non-executive Chairman of the
board of directors of, and a consultant to, Reliant
Technologies, Inc., one of our customers. Our total sales to
Reliant were $180,000, $1.5 million, $7.0 million and
$4.6 million in 2003, 2004, 2005 and the six months ended
June 30, 2006, respectively.
88
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock
will consist of 175,000,000 shares of common stock, par
value $0.0001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. We refer in
this section to our amended and restated certificate of
incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws that will be
in effect upon the closing of this offering. The following
description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only
and is qualified by reference to our amended and restated
certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated
by-laws which have been filed as exhibits to the registration
statement of which this prospectus is a part.
As of September 30, 2006, there were 41,015,127 shares
of our common stock outstanding held by 137 stockholders of
record, 488,000 shares of our series A preferred stock
outstanding held by 45 stockholders of record,
3,800,000 shares of our series B preferred stock held
by 15 stockholders of record and 2,684,211 shares of our
series D preferred stock held by one stockholder of record.
In addition, options to purchase 6,611,492 shares of
our common stock under our stock option plans were outstanding
as of the same date. Immediately prior to the closing of this
offering, each share of our currently outstanding series A
preferred stock will be converted
into shares
of common stock, each share of our currently outstanding
series B preferred stock will be converted
into shares
of common stock and $20.0 million principal amount of
subordinated promissory notes to be issued at the closing of
this offering, and each share of our currently outstanding
series D preferred stock will be converted
into shares
of common stock.
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for
each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any
cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are
entitled to receive proportionally any dividends declared by our
board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights
of any outstanding preferred stock.
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our
common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets
remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities,
subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock.
Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription,
redemption or conversion rights.
Preferred Stock
Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock
will be designated or outstanding and our board of directors
will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to
designate and issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred
stock in one or more series. The board of directors can fix the
rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series
and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our
board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock
with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the
voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The
issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in
connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and
other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances,
have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in
control of our company and might harm the market price of our
common stock.
Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such
shares based on its judgment as to our companys best
interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We have no
current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
89
Registration Rights
We have entered into agreements with holders of our preferred
stock and certain holders of our common stock that give certain
registration rights to such holders. These rights are described
below. Following the conversion of our preferred stock
into shares
of our common stock, there will
be shares
of our common stock subject to such registration rights.
Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to register
any securities under the Securities Act, either for our own
account or for the account of other security holders exercising
registration rights, the holders of registration rights are
entitled to notice of the registration and are entitled to
include their shares of common stock in the registration. We are
required to use our commercially reasonable best efforts to
effect the registrations, subject to conditions and limitations,
including the right of the underwriters in an offering to limit
the number of shares included in the registration.
Demand Registration Rights. At any time more than
180 days after the effective date of this offering, subject
to exceptions, holders of registration rights have a right to
demand that we file a registration statement covering the offer
and sale of our common stock held by them and their affiliates.
After the completion of this offering, the holders of such
registration rights will
own shares
of our common stock. If we are eligible to file a registration
statement on
Form S-3, parties
to three of these agreements have the right to demand that we
file a registration statement on
Form S-3 so long
as the aggregate value of securities to be sold under the
registration statement exceeds $500,000. We have the ability to
delay the filing of a registration statement under specified
conditions, such as for a period of time following the effective
date of a prior registration statement or if we are in
possession of material nonpublic information that it would not
be in our best interests to disclose. We are not obligated by
any of the registration rights agreements to file a registration
statement on
Form S-1 on more
than two occasions. This offering will not count toward this
limit.
Expenses of Registration. We will pay all registration
expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions,
related to any demand or piggyback registration.
Indemnification. The registration rights agreements
contain customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to
which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in
the event of material misstatements or omissions in the
registration statement attributable to us, and they are
obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or
omissions attributable to them.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions in Our Certificate of
Incorporation and By-laws
Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will, upon
completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that
may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging
another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging
persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other
unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of
directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts.
Further, these provisions will protect against an unsolicited
proposal for our takeover that may affect the long-term value of
our stock or that may otherwise be unfair to our stockholders.
These provisions include the items described below.
Board Composition and Filling Vacancies. In accordance
with our certificate of incorporation, after Dr. Valentin
Gapontsev (together with his affiliates and associates) ceases
to beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power of the
outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote
generally for the election of our directors, our directors,
other than those elected by any preferred stockholders, will be
divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms,
with one class being elected each year. The classification of
directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for
stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our
certificate of incorporation also provides that, after
Dr. Valentin Gapontsev (together with his affiliates and
associates) ceases to beneficially own 25% or more of the total
voting power, directors may be removed only for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of
the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.
Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however
occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the
size of our
90
board, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of
our directors then in office even if such majority is less than
a quorum.
No Written Consent of Stockholders. Our certificate of
incorporation provides that, after Dr. Valentin Gapontsev
(together with his affiliates and associates) ceases to
beneficially own 25% or more of the total voting power of the
outstanding shares of all classes of stock entitled to vote
generally for the election of our directors, stockholders may
not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
This provision may lengthen the amount of time required to take
stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our
by-laws or removal of directors by our stockholders without a
meeting of stockholders.
Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of
incorporation provides that only a majority of the members of
our board of directors then in office may call special meetings
of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice
of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a
special meeting of stockholders. Our certificate of
incorporation and by-laws limit the business that may be
conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters
properly brought before the meeting.
Advance Notice Requirements. Our by-laws establish
advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals
relating to the nomination of candidates for election as
directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our
stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of
stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our
corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is
to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at
our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor
more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of
the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must
contain certain information specified in the by-laws. These
provisions may impede the stockholders ability to bring
matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make
nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.
Amendment to By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation. As
required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment
of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a
majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or
our certificate of incorporation, thereafter be approved by
662/3%
of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote
on the amendment, and a majority of the outstanding shares of
each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our by-laws may
be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority vote of the
directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth
in the by-laws, or by the affirmative vote of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote
on the amendment.
Undesignated Preferred Stock. Our certificate of
incorporation provides for 5,000,000 authorized shares of
preferred stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible
acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could make it more
difficult for a third party to, or discourage an attempt to,
obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy
contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its
fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine
that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of us or
our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of
preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one
or more private offerings or other transactions that might
dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or
insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. The issuance of
shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings
and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of
common stock.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in a business combination
with an interested stockholder for a three-year
period following the time that the stockholder becomes an
interested stockholder, unless the business combination or
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder
is approved in a prescribed manner. A business
combination includes, among other things, a merger, asset
or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial
benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested
stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the
determination of interested stockholder
91
status, 15% or more of the corporations voting stock.
Under Section 203, a business combination between a
corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless
it satisfies one of the following conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
before the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the
board of directors approved either the business combination or
the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder; |
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced,
excluding, for purposes of determining the voting stock
outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also
officers and some employee stock plans; or |
|
|
|
at or after the time the stockholder became an interested
stockholder, the business combination was approved by the board
of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or
special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of
at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not
owned by the interested stockholder. |
We have expressly elected in Article XI of our amended and
restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to
Section 203. Section 203 will apply to us following
such time as Dr. Valentin P. Gapontsev (together with his
affiliates and associates) ceases to beneficially own 25% or
more of the total voting power of our outstanding shares.
Nasdaq Global Market Listing
We have applied for the approval of our common stock for
quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol
IPGP.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. Its address is 250 Royall
Street, Canton, MA 02021.
92
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that sales
of shares of common stock to the public or the availability of
shares for sale to the public will have on the market price of
the common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, if
a significant number of shares of common stock are sold in the
public market, or if people believe that such sales may occur,
the prevailing market price of our common stock could decline
and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the
sale of our equity securities.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have
outstanding shares
of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options
after June 30, 2006. Of these shares,
the shares
sold in this offering will be freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares
purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined
in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The
remaining shares
of common stock held by existing stockholders were issued and
sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act and are restricted
securities as defined in Rule 144. Of these shares, a
total
of shares
are subject to lock-up
agreements with the underwriters in this offering that provide
that the holders of those shares may not dispose of or hedge any
common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of common stock. The restrictions imposed by the
lock-up agreements will
be in effect for a period of at least 180 days after the
date of this prospectus, subject to extension under certain
circumstances for an additional period of up to 18 days, as
described under
Lock-up
Agreements below. At any time and without notice, Merrill
Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. may, in their sole discretion,
release some or all of the securities from these
lock-up agreements.
Subject to the lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144
and 144(k) under the Securities Act and assuming that the
underwriters do not exercise their overallotment option,
additional shares will be available for sale in the public
market as follows:
|
|
|
Number of |
|
|
Shares Eligible |
|
|
for Future Sale |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
Immediately after the date of
this prospectus |
|
|
After 90 days from the
date of this prospectus |
|
|
After 180 days from the
date of this prospectus |
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, an affiliate of ours, or any
person or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated,
who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one
year will be entitled to sell in any three-month period a number
of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
one percent of the then-outstanding shares of common stock
(approximately shares
immediately after this offering); or |
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume on the Nasdaq Global Market
during the four calendar weeks before the date on which the
seller files a notice of the proposed sale with the SEC. |
Sales under Rule 144 must also comply with
manner-of-sale
provisions and notice requirements and current information about
us must be publicly available.
Rule 144(k)
Under Rule 144(k), a person who has not been an
affiliate of ours at any time during the three
months before a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed to be sold for at least two years, generally including
the holding period of any prior owner other than an
affiliate from whom the holder acquired the shares
for value, is entitled to sell those shares without complying
with the manner of sale,
93
notice filing, volume limitation or public information
requirements of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise
restricted, shares eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) may
be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.
Rule 701
Certain of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who
purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or
contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provision of
Rule 701 under the Securities Act. Rule 701 permits
affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under
Rule 144 without complying with the holding period
requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides
that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on
Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period,
public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of
Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are
required to wait until 90 days after the date of this
prospectus before selling those shares. A total
of of
the Rule 701 shares are subject to
lock-up agreements and
will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of
(1) the expiration of the
180-day
lock-up agreements and
(2) no sooner than 90 days after this offering upon
obtaining the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Lehman
Brothers Inc.
Registration of Shares in Connection with Compensatory
Benefit Plans
We are unable to estimate the number of shares that will be sold
under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 because that number will
depend on the market price for the common stock, the personal
circumstances of the sellers and other factors. After the
closing of this offering, we intend to file a registration
statement on
Form S-8 under the
Securities Act covering, among other things, shares of common
stock covered by outstanding options under our stock plans.
Based on the number of shares covered by outstanding options as
of June 30, 2006 and currently reserved for issuance under
our stock plans, the registration statement would cover
approximately shares.
The registration statement will become effective upon filing.
Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement
on Form S-8 will
be available for sale in the open market immediately, after
complying with Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to
affiliates, with applicable
lock-up agreements and
with the vesting requirements and restrictions on transfer
affecting any shares that are subject to restricted stock awards.
Lock-up
Agreements
We have agreed that we will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to
sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any
option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant
for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, any shares
of our common stock or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, or file with
the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act
relating to any shares of our common stock or securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares
of our common stock, or enter into any transaction, swap, hedge
or other arrangement relating to any shares of our common stock,
without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch and Lehman
Brothers Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of
this offering, subject to extension in certain cases.
94
Our officers and directors and certain of our stockholders have
agreed that they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell,
sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or
contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the
sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, enter into any
transaction, any shares of our common stock or any securities
convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common
stock, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the
Securities Act relating to any shares of our common stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for
any shares of our common stock, or enter into any transaction,
swap, hedge or other arrangement relating to any shares of our
common stock, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch
and Lehman Brothers Inc. for a period of 180 days after the
date of this offering, subject to extension in certain cases.
Merrill Lynch and Lehman Brothers Inc. may, in their sole
discretion at any time without notice, release all or any
portion of the shares of the common stock subject to these
lock-up agreements.
Registration Rights
After the completion of this offering, holders
of shares
of common stock will be entitled to specific rights to register
those shares for sale in the public market. See
Description of Capital Stock Registration
Rights. Registration of these shares under the Securities
Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without
restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares
purchased by affiliates, immediately upon the effectiveness of
the registration statement relating to such shares.
95
CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES TO
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following summary describes certain material U.S. federal
income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of
common stock by a
Non-U.S. Holder
(as defined below) holding shares of our common stock as capital
assets (i.e., generally for investment) as of the date of this
prospectus. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S.
federal income taxation and does not deal with estate, gift,
foreign, state and local tax consequences that may be relevant
to such
Non-U.S. Holders
in light of their personal circumstances. Special U.S. tax
rules may apply to certain
Non-U.S. Holders,
such as controlled foreign corporations,
passive foreign investment companies, corporations
that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax,
investors in partnerships or other pass-through entities for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities,
holders of securities held as part of a straddle,
hedge, conversion transaction or other
risk reduction transaction, and certain former citizens or
long-term residents of the United States that are subject to
special treatment under the Code. Such entities and persons
should consult their own tax advisors to determine the
U.S. federal, state, local and other tax consequences that
may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is
based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury regulations
promulgated thereunder, rulings and judicial decisions
thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be
repealed, revoked or modified with or without retroactive effect
so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences
different from those discussed below.
If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds our common
stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an
owner of the entity generally will depend on the status of the
partner or owner and the activities of the partnership or
entity. Persons who are partners in partnerships or owners of
pass-through entities holding our common stock should consult
their own tax advisors.
The authorities on which this summary is based are subject to
various interpretations, and any views expressed within this
summary are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (which
we also refer to as the IRS) or the courts. No assurance can be
given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the tax
consequences described in this prospectus.
As used herein, a
Non-U.S. Holder
means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not any of
the following for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
|
|
|
|
a citizen or resident of the United States; |
|
|
|
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under
the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia; |
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source; or |
|
|
|
a trust (i) which is subject to primary supervision by a
court situated within the United States and as to which one or
more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election
in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be
treated as a U.S. person. |
Prospective purchasers are urged to consult their own tax
advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax
consequences, as well as other U.S. federal, state, and
local income and estate tax consequences, and
non-U.S. tax
consequences, to them of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our
common stock.
Dividends
If we make distributions on our common stock, such distributions
paid to a
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income
tax purposes to the extent such distributions are paid from our
current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under
U.S. federal income tax
96
principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and
accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as
a tax-free return of the
Non-U.S. Holders
investment to the extent of the
Non-U.S. Holders
adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess
will be treated as capital gain. See Gain on
Disposition of Common Stock for additional information.
Dividends paid to a
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will be subject to withholding of United States
federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be
specified by an applicable income tax treaty. A
Non-U.S. Holder of
common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable
treaty rate for dividends generally will be required to complete
IRS Form W-8BEN
(or other applicable form) and certify, under penalty of
perjury, that such holder is not a U.S. person and is
eligible for the benefits with respect to dividends allowed by
such treaty. Special certification requirements apply to certain
Non-U.S. Holders
that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. A
Non-U.S. Holder
eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to
an income tax treaty generally may obtain a refund of any excess
amounts withheld from the IRS by timely filing an appropriate
claim for refund with the IRS.
This U.S. withholding tax generally will not apply to dividends
that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business by the
Non-U.S. Holder
within the United States, and, if a treaty applies, attributable
to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base of the
Non-U.S. Holder.
Dividends effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or
business, as well as those attributable to a United States
permanent establishment or fixed base of the
Non-U.S. Holder
under an applicable treaty, are subject to U.S. federal income
tax generally in the same manner as if the
Non-U.S. Holder
were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Certain IRS
certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with
in order for effectively connected dividends to be exempt from
withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received
by a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances,
be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a
30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable
income tax treaty.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
A Non-U.S. Holder
generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (or any
withholding thereof) with respect to gain recognized on a sale
or other disposition of common stock unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of
the Non-U.S.
Holder in the United States and, where a tax treaty applies, is
attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed
base of the
Non-U.S. Holder; |
|
|
|
the
Non-U.S. Holder is
an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or
more days during the taxable year of disposition and meets
certain other requirements; or |
|
|
|
we are or have been a U.S. real property holding
corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2)
of the Code, also referred to as a USRPHC, for United States
federal income tax purposes at any time within the five-year
period preceding the disposition (or, if shorter, the
Non-U.S. Holders
holding period for the common stock). |
Gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of common stock
and effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business, or
attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base of
the
Non-U.S. Holder
under an applicable treaty, is subject to U.S. federal income
tax on a net income basis generally in the same manner as if the
Non-U.S. Holder
were a U.S. person, as defined under the Code. Any such
effectively connected gain from the sale or disposition of
common stock received by a
Non-U.S. Holder
that is a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances,
be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a
30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable
income tax treaty.
An individual
Non-U.S. Holder
who is present in the United States for 183 or more days during
the taxable year of disposition generally will be subject to a
30% tax imposed on the gain derived from the
97
sale or disposition of our common stock, which may be offset by
U.S. source capital losses realized in the same taxable
year.
In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value
of its U.S. real property interests equals or
exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide
(domestic and foreign) real property interest and its other
assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this
purpose, real property interests include land, improvements and
associated personal property.
We believe that we currently are not a USRPHC. In addition,
based on these financial statements and current expectations
regarding the value and nature of our assets and other relevant
data, we do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC.
If we become a USRPHC, a
Non-U.S. Holder
nevertheless will not be subject to United States federal income
tax if our common stock is regularly traded on an established
securities market, within the meaning of applicable Treasury
regulations, and the
Non-U.S. Holder
holds no more than five percent of our outstanding common stock,
directly or indirectly, during the applicable testing period. We
intend to apply for our common stock to be approved for
quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market and we expect that our
common stock may be regularly traded on an established
securities market in the United States so long as it is so
quoted.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must report annually to the IRS and to each
Non-U.S. Holder
the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld
with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether
withholding was required. Copies of the information returns
reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made
available to the tax authorities in the country in which the
Non-U.S. Holder
resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends
and certain other types of payments to U.S. persons
(currently at a rate of 28%) of the gross amount. Dividends paid
to a
Non-U.S. Holder
generally will not be subject to backup withholding if proper
certification of foreign status (usually on an IRS
Form W-8BEN) is
provided, and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason
to know that the beneficial owner is a U.S. person, or the
holder is a corporation or one of several types of entities and
organizations that qualify for exemption.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules
generally may be allowed as a refund from the IRS or a credit
against such holders U.S. federal income tax
liability provided the required information is timely furnished
to the IRS.
98
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Lehman Brothers Inc. are acting as representatives of each of
the underwriters named below and joint book-running managers for
this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and
the underwriters, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to
sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has
agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us and the
selling stockholders, the number of shares of common stock set
forth opposite its name below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
Underwriter |
|
Shares | |
|
|
| |
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
Lehman Brothers Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Needham & Company, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the
underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally
and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the
underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If
an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides
that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters
may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities
Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be
required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale,
when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to
approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the
validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the
underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters
of officers certificates and legal opinions. The
underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify
offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The underwriters have advised us that they propose initially to
offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set
forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at
that price less a concession not in excess of
$ per
share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow,
a discount not in excess of
$ per
share to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
The following table shows the public offering price,
underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses to us. The
information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the
underwriters of their overallotment options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share | |
|
Without Option | |
|
With Option | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Public offering price
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Underwriting discount
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to IPG Photonics
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting
discount, are estimated at
$ and
are payable by us.
99
Overallotment Option
We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up
to additional
shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting
discount. The underwriters may exercise their option for
30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover
any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise their option,
each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the
underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional
shares proportionate to that underwriters initial amount
reflected in the above table.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We, our executive officers and directors and certain of our
other existing holders of our outstanding common stock have
agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer
any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable
for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for
180 days after the date of this prospectus without first
obtaining the written consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lehman Brothers Inc.
Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed not to
directly or indirectly:
|
|
|
|
|
offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock; |
|
|
|
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock; |
|
|
|
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock; |
|
|
|
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common
stock; |
|
|
|
lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock; |
|
|
|
enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole
or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of any common
stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by
delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise; or |
|
|
|
publicly announce any of the foregoing. |
The 180-day restricted
period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
|
|
|
|
|
during the last 17 days of the
180-day restricted
period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a
material event relating to us occurs; or |
|
|
|
prior to the expiration of the
180-day restricted
period, we announce that we will release earnings results during
the 16-day period
beginning on the last day of the
180-day period, |
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding
paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day period beginning
on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of
the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such
extension is waived in writing by Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lehman Brothers Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Lehman Brothers Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the
common stock and other securities subject to the
lock-up agreements
described above in whole or in part at any time with or without
notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock
and other securities from
lock-up agreements,
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and
Lehman Brothers Inc. will consider, among other factors, the
holders reasons for requesting the release, the number of
shares of common stock and other securities for which the
release is being requested and market conditions at the time.
Quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market
After pricing of the offering, we expect that our common stock
will be quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol
IPGP.
100
Offering Price Determination
Before this offering, there has been no public market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price will be
determined through negotiations among us, the selling
stockholders and the underwriters. In addition to prevailing
market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining
the initial public offering price are:
|
|
|
|
|
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the
underwriters believe to be comparable to us; |
|
|
|
our financial information; |
|
|
|
the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the
industry in which we compete; |
|
|
|
an assessment of our management, its past and present
operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future
revenues; |
|
|
|
the present state of our development; and |
|
|
|
the above factors in relation to market values and various
valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities
similar to ours. |
An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is
also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade
in the public market at or above the initial public offering
price.
Discretionary Sales
The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the
shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority.
Stamp Taxes
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this
prospectus outside the United States, you may be required to pay
stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of
the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price
listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Certain Relationships
Merrill Lynch KECALP L.P. 1999, KECALP Inc., as Nominee for
Merrill Lynch KECALP International L.P. 1999, Merrill Lynch
Taurus Fund 2000, L.P., ML IBK Positions, Inc. and Merrill
Lynch Ventures L.P. 2001, beneficially own an aggregate of
600,000 shares of our series B preferred stock, which
will convert upon the completion of this offering into
(a) shares
of common stock and (b) subordinated notes having an
aggregate principal amount of approximately $3.1 million.
In addition, we intend to use a portion of the proceeds from
this offering to purchase warrants to purchase common stock held
by these entities for approximately $3.5 million. The
Merrill Lynch entities acquired these shares and warrants
pursuant to a stock purchase agreement in 2000. The Merrill
Lynch entities may be deemed to be affiliates of Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, which is acting as a
joint book-running manager of this offering.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may
limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for
and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives
may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the
common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain
that price.
The underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the
open market. These transactions may include short sales,
stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions
created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the
underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are
required to purchase in the offering. Covered short
sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the
101
underwriters option to purchase additional shares in the
offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short
position by either exercising their option to purchase
additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In
determining the source of shares to close out the covered short
position, the underwriters will consider, among other things,
the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as
compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through
the overallotment option. Naked short sales are any
sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out
any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open
market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if
the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various
bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the
underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the
offering.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters
purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect
of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock
or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the
common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be
higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open
market.
The representatives may also impose a penalty bid on
underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the
representatives purchase shares in the open market to reduce the
underwriters short position or to stabilize the price of
such shares, they may reclaim the amount of the selling
concession from the underwriters and selling group members who
sold those shares. The imposition of a penalty bid may also
affect the price of the shares in that it discourages resales of
those shares.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation
or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect
that the transactions described above may have on the price of
our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the
representatives make any representation that the representatives
will engage in these transactions or that these transactions,
once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
Internet sites or through other online services maintained by
one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members
participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those
cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and,
depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group
member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders
online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a
specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account
holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be
made by the representatives on the same basis as other
allocations.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on any underwriters or selling group members web
site and any information contained in any other web site
maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part
of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed
by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity
as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied
upon by investors.
United Kingdom
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed
at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or
(ii) to investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (Order) or (iii) high
net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be
communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to
(e) of the Order (all such persons together being referred
to as relevant persons). The shares of common stock
are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to
subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such common stock will
be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not
a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any
of its contents.
102
Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:
|
|
|
|
|
it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will
only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or
inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning
of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000, or FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or
sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1)
of the FSMA does not apply to us; and |
|
|
|
it has complied with, and will comply with, all applicable
provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom. |
European Economic Area
To the extent that the offer of the common stock is made in any
Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented
the Prospectus Directive before the date of publication of a
prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been
approved by the competent authority in the Member State in
accordance with the Prospectus Directive (or, where appropriate,
published in accordance with the Prospectus Directive and
notified to the competent authority in the Member State in
accordance with the Prospectus Directive), the offer (including
any offer pursuant to this document) is only addressed to
qualified investors in that Member State within the meaning of
the Prospectus Directive or has been or will be made otherwise
in circumstances that do not require us to publish a prospectus
pursuant to the Prospectus Directive.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area
which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a
Relevant Member State), each underwriter has
represented and agreed that with effect from and including the
date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that
Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation
Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares
to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the
publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has
been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member
State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member
State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant
Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive,
except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant
Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in
that Relevant Member State at any time:
|
|
|
|
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; |
|
|
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year,
(2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than
50,000,000, as
shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or |
|
|
|
in any other circumstances which do not require the publication
by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
Prospectus Directive. |
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of shares to the public in relation to any
shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in
any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms
of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the
same may be varied in that Member State by any measure
implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and
the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/ EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in
each Relevant Member State.
103
The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling
restrictions set out herein. In relation to each Relevant Member
State, each purchaser of shares of common stock (other than the
underwriters) will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged
and agreed that it will not make an offer of shares of common
stock to the public in any Relevant Member State, except that it
may, with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, make an offer of shares of common stock to the public in
that Relevant Member State at any time in any circumstances
which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus
pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive, provided
that such purchaser agrees that it has not and will not make an
offer of any shares of common stock in reliance or purported
reliance on Article 3(2)(b) of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of shares to the public in relation to any
shares of common stock in any Relevant Member State has the same
meaning as in the preceding paragraph.
104
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares offered in this prospectus and
certain other legal matters will be passed upon for us by
Winston & Strawn LLP, New York, New York. Legal matters
relating to this offering will be passed upon for the
underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,
Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California and New York,
New York.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of IPG Photonics
Corporation as of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005
included in this prospectus have been audited by
Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public
accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and
have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm
given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1 with
respect to the shares of common stock that we and the selling
stockholders are offering by this prospectus. In addition, upon
completion of the offering, we will be required to file annual,
quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other
information with the SEC. You may read and copy the registration
statement and any other documents we have filed at the
SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington D.C. 20549. You may also obtain
copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the
Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330 for
further information on the operation of the public reference
facilities. Our SEC filings are also available to the public at
the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov.
This prospectus is part of the registration statement and does
not contain all of the information included in the registration
statement. Whenever a reference is made in this prospectus to
any of our contracts or other documents, the reference may not
be complete and, for a copy of the contract or document, you
should refer to the exhibits that are a part of the registration
statement.
105
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
IPG Photonics Corporation
Oxford, Massachusetts
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
IPG Photonics Corporation and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2004 and 2005, and
the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible
redeemable preferred stock and stockholders deficit, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration
of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for
designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of IPG
Photonics Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31,
2004 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
July 5, 2006
F-2
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
Pro Forma | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
June 30, 2006 | |
|
June 30, 2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data) | |
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT ASSETS:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
2,548 |
|
|
$ |
8,361 |
|
|
$ |
11,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $172, $198, and $189 as
of December 31, 2004 and 2005 and June 30, 2006,
respectively
|
|
|
10,806 |
|
|
|
15,434 |
|
|
|
18,131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories net
|
|
|
29,577 |
|
|
|
28,588 |
|
|
|
34,759 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
2,072 |
|
|
|
2,482 |
|
|
|
4,141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1,648 |
|
|
|
3,005 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
46,651 |
|
|
|
57,870 |
|
|
|
68,481 |
|
|
|
|
|
RESTRICTED CASH
|
|
|
6,607 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
4,761 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PROPERTY, PLANT, AND EQUIPMENT Net
|
|
|
45,982 |
|
|
|
50,995 |
|
|
|
57,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE AND STOCKHOLDER LOANS
|
|
|
6,265 |
|
|
|
6,339 |
|
|
|
5,303 |
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER ASSETS
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
241 |
|
|
|
629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$ |
110,545 |
|
|
$ |
115,481 |
|
|
$ |
131,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS (DEFICIT) EQUITY |
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving line-of-credit facilities
|
|
$ |
8,259 |
|
|
$ |
8,746 |
|
|
$ |
11,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current portion of long-term debt
|
|
|
5,995 |
|
|
|
10,438 |
|
|
|
15,301 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
3,240 |
|
|
|
5,164 |
|
|
|
6,231 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
7,174 |
|
|
|
9,907 |
|
|
|
11,248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
1,049 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
1,969 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,717 |
|
|
|
34,320 |
|
|
|
45,760 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LONG-TERM DEBT
|
|
|
25,459 |
|
|
|
15,643 |
|
|
|
8,967 |
|
|
$ |
28,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SERIES B WARRANTS
|
|
|
13,899 |
|
|
|
14,644 |
|
|
|
16,863 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 6, 10 and 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MINORITY INTERESTS
|
|
|
511 |
|
|
|
948 |
|
|
|
1,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, $0.0001 par value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B designated, issued, and outstanding,
3,800,000 shares; liquidation and redemption value, $95,000
|
|
|
88,897 |
|
|
|
91,248 |
|
|
|
92,285 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series D designated, 5,400,000 shares;
issued and outstanding, 2,684,211 shares; liquidation and
redemption values, $5,100
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value authorized,
15,000,000 shares; Series A designated,
500,000 shares; issued and outstanding,
488,000 shares; liquidation value, $4,880
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value authorized,
70,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 38,987,494,
39,988,948 and 40,883,700 shares at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2004 and 2005 and June 30, 2006,
respectively
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
96,261 |
|
|
|
95,029 |
|
|
|
94,912 |
|
|
|
177,177 |
|
|
Notes receivable from stockholders
|
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(157,052 |
) |
|
|
(149,625 |
) |
|
|
(143,507 |
) |
|
|
(143,507 |
) |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
7,332 |
|
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
|
5,629 |
|
|
|
5,629 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders (deficit) equity
|
|
|
(49,038 |
) |
|
|
(46,504 |
) |
|
|
(38,545 |
) |
|
|
38,840 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL
|
|
$ |
110,545 |
|
|
$ |
115,481 |
|
|
$ |
131,996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-3
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ended December 31, | |
|
Six Months Ended June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands except per share data) | |
NET SALES
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
$ |
41,630 |
|
|
$ |
64,927 |
|
COST OF SALES
|
|
|
38,583 |
|
|
|
42,274 |
|
|
|
62,481 |
|
|
|
28,437 |
|
|
|
39,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GROSS (LOSS) PROFIT
|
|
|
(4,843 |
) |
|
|
18,433 |
|
|
|
33,904 |
|
|
|
13,193 |
|
|
|
25,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
2,110 |
|
|
|
2,363 |
|
|
|
3,236 |
|
|
|
1,538 |
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
|
Research and development
|
|
|
10,063 |
|
|
|
4,831 |
|
|
|
5,788 |
|
|
|
2,873 |
|
|
|
2,622 |
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
9,998 |
|
|
|
8,179 |
|
|
|
10,598 |
|
|
|
4,352 |
|
|
|
5,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
22,171 |
|
|
|
15,373 |
|
|
|
19,622 |
|
|
|
8,763 |
|
|
|
10,778 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME
|
|
|
(27,014 |
) |
|
|
3,060 |
|
|
|
14,282 |
|
|
|
4,430 |
|
|
|
15,030 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTHER (EXPENSE) INCOME Net:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
(1,505 |
) |
|
|
(2,150 |
) |
|
|
(1,840 |
) |
|
|
(969 |
) |
|
|
(709 |
) |
|
Fair value adjustment to Series B Warrants
|
|
|
(3,664 |
) |
|
|
(615 |
) |
|
|
(745 |
) |
|
|
(314 |
) |
|
|
(2,219 |
) |
|
Other income net
|
|
|
1,647 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
(3,522 |
) |
|
|
(2,569 |
) |
|
|
(2,349 |
) |
|
|
(1,142 |
) |
|
|
(2,916 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE BENEFIT FROM (PROVISION FOR) INCOME
TAXES AND MINORITY INTERESTS IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
(30,536 |
) |
|
|
491 |
|
|
|
11,933 |
|
|
|
3,288 |
|
|
|
12,114 |
|
BENEFIT FROM (PROVISION FOR) INCOME TAXES
|
|
|
2,205 |
|
|
|
1,601 |
|
|
|
(4,080 |
) |
|
|
(1,219 |
) |
|
|
(5,598 |
) |
MINORITY INTERESTS IN CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
(80 |
) |
|
|
(426 |
) |
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
(398 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET (LOSS) INCOME
|
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
$ |
2,150 |
|
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
39,348 |
|
|
|
39,008 |
|
|
|
40,385 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
45,252 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
|
|
49,584 |
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-4
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED
STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock | |
|
|
Preferred Stock | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B | |
|
Series D | |
|
|
Series A | |
|
Common Stock | |
|
|
|
Note | |
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated | |
|
|
|
Other | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Additional | |
|
Receivable | |
|
|
|
|
|
Other | |
|
|
|
Comprehensive | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Par | |
|
Paid-In | |
|
From | |
|
Deferred | |
|
Accumulated | |
|
Comprehensive | |
|
|
|
Income | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
|
Shares | |
|
Amount | |
|
Shares | |
|
Value | |
|
Capital | |
|
Stockholders | |
|
Compensation | |
|
Deficit | |
|
Income | |
|
Total | |
|
(Loss) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except share and per-share data) | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE January 1, 2003
|
|
|
3,800,000 |
|
|
$ |
84,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
$ |
5,000 |
|
|
|
37,940,668 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
100,076 |
|
|
$ |
(463 |
) |
|
$ |
(2,613 |
) |
|
$ |
(130,854 |
) |
|
$ |
747 |
|
|
$ |
(28,103 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,210 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,508 |
|
|
|
4,508 |
|
|
|
4,508 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(23,702 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,684,211 |
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial conversion charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,991 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,242 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,991 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,594 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,343 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Sale of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation awarded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(496 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,203 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,203 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,375 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE December 31, 2003
|
|
|
3,800,000 |
|
|
|
86,546 |
|
|
|
2,684,211 |
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
38,443,043 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
98,227 |
|
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(906 |
) |
|
|
(159,064 |
) |
|
|
5,255 |
|
|
|
(51,947 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,077 |
|
|
|
2,077 |
|
|
|
2,077 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
4,089 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock issued to acquire subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based awards forfeited
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,000 |
) |
|
|
(120 |
) |
|
|
445,451 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
388 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE December 31, 2004
|
|
|
3,800,000 |
|
|
|
88,897 |
|
|
|
2,684,211 |
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
488,000 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
38,987,494 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
96,261 |
|
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(157,052 |
) |
|
|
7,332 |
|
|
|
(49,038 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,427 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,427 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
|
Translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,550 |
) |
|
|
(3,550 |
) |
|
|
(3,550 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
3,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,351 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(118 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,001,454 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE December 31, 2005
|
|
|
3,800,000 |
|
|
|
91,248 |
|
|
|
2,684,211 |
|
|
|
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
488,000 |
|
|
|
4,880 |
|
|
|
39,988,948 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
95,029 |
|
|
|
(463 |
) |
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
(149,625 |
) |
|
|
3,782 |
|
|
|
(46,504 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,118 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,118 |
|
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
|
Translation adjustment (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
1,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,965 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adoption of FAS 123(R) (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
111 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accretion of Series B Preferred Stock (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,037 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,037 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,037 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based awards (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of stock-based compensation (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise of stock options (unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894,752 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BALANCE June 30, 2006 (unaudited)
|
|
|
3,800,000 |
|
|
$ |
92,285 |
|
|
|
2,684,211 |
|
|
$ |
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
488,000 |
|
|
$ |
4,880 |
|
|
|
40,883,700 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
94,912 |
|
|
$ |
(463 |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
(143,507 |
) |
|
$ |
5,629 |
|
|
$ |
(38,545 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-5
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
|
(unaudited) | |
|
|
(in thousands) | |
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss) income
|
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
$ |
2,150 |
|
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided
by (used in) operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,759 |
|
|
|
7,154 |
|
|
|
7,583 |
|
|
|
3,567 |
|
|
|
3,754 |
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(2,536 |
) |
|
|
(462 |
) |
|
|
2,732 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
3,063 |
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
2,203 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
|
Interest accretion of convertible note
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of investment and fixed assets
|
|
|
(484 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(238 |
) |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
Inventory provisions
|
|
|
8,321 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,370 |
|
|
|
923 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value adjustment to Series B Warrants
|
|
|
3,664 |
|
|
|
615 |
|
|
|
745 |
|
|
|
314 |
|
|
|
2,219 |
|
|
|
|
Minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries
|
|
|
(121 |
) |
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
426 |
|
|
|
(81 |
) |
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(2,101 |
) |
|
|
(2,791 |
) |
|
|
(5,599 |
) |
|
|
(3,064 |
) |
|
|
(2,281 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Due from affiliates net
|
|
|
(1,174 |
) |
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
10,970 |
|
|
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
(4,011 |
) |
|
|
(1,174 |
) |
|
|
(6,091 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(324 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
|
(312 |
) |
|
|
(539 |
) |
|
|
(1,212 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
(1,209 |
) |
|
|
(1,460 |
) |
|
|
(1,030 |
) |
|
|
(2,005 |
) |
|
|
871 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
|
|
|
1,955 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
4,088 |
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
983 |
|
|
|
|
|
Income and other taxes payable
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
(1,312 |
) |
|
|
(1,086 |
) |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
2,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
(1,148 |
) |
|
|
6,248 |
|
|
|
13,585 |
|
|
|
1,548 |
|
|
|
10,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
(2,588 |
) |
|
|
(4,037 |
) |
|
|
(15,989 |
) |
|
|
(6,451 |
) |
|
|
(9,054 |
) |
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
Proceeds on sale of investment
|
|
|
502 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee and shareholder loans repaid
|
|
|
1,719 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,071 |
|
|
Restricted cash released to support construction loan
|
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
6,566 |
|
|
|
6,566 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
(3,870 |
) |
|
|
(8,641 |
) |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
(7,963 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from line-of-credit facilities
|
|
|
5,204 |
|
|
|
3,456 |
|
|
|
9,561 |
|
|
|
1,710 |
|
|
|
8,517 |
|
|
Payments on line-of-credit facilities
|
|
|
(2,493 |
) |
|
|
(2,638 |
) |
|
|
(9,384 |
) |
|
|
(772 |
) |
|
|
(6,325 |
) |
|
Principal payments on long-term borrowings
|
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
(1,654 |
) |
|
|
(2,263 |
) |
|
|
(449 |
) |
|
|
(2,688 |
) |
|
Proceeds from long-term borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,209 |
|
|
|
2,239 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of common stock and exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
1,001 |
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
|
Minority interest capital contribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
(426 |
) |
|
|
1,135 |
|
|
|
2,818 |
|
|
|
409 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EFFECT OF CHANGES IN EXCHANGE RATES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
60 |
|
|
|
(266 |
) |
|
|
(147 |
) |
|
|
167 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
|
|
|
(843 |
) |
|
|
2,012 |
|
|
|
5,813 |
|
|
|
4,466 |
|
|
|
2,921 |
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS Beginning of period
|
|
|
1,379 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
2,548 |
|
|
|
2,548 |
|
|
|
8,361 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS End of period
|
|
$ |
536 |
|
|
$ |
2,548 |
|
|
$ |
8,361 |
|
|
$ |
7,014 |
|
|
$ |
11,282 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$ |
1,565 |
|
|
$ |
1,780 |
|
|
$ |
2,046 |
|
|
$ |
999 |
|
|
$ |
716 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
59 |
|
|
$ |
1,989 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash transactions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-for-stock swap on options
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Issuance of Series D Preferred Stock in satisfaction of
accrued contract settlement
|
|
$ |
5,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of convertible note in satisfaction of accrued contract
settlement
|
|
$ |
4,374 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-6
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
1. |
NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING
POLICIES |
Nature of Business IPG Photonics
Corporation (the Company) designs and manufactures a
broad line of high-performance fiber lasers and fiber amplifiers
for diverse applications in numerous markets, such as materials
processing, communications, medical and advanced applications.
The Companys administrative and manufacturing facilities
in the United States are located in Oxford, Massachusetts; and
European operations are located in Burbach, Germany; Milan,
Italy; London, England; and Fryazino, Russia. In 2004, the
Company opened sales and service centers in Tokyo, Japan and
Bangalore, India. In 2005, the Company opened a sales and
service center in Seoul, Korea.
Principles of Consolidation The
Company was incorporated as a Delaware corporation in December
1998. The accompanying financial statements include the accounts
of the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated.
Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation The
unaudited pro forma balance sheet data presented as of
June 30, 2006 reflects the conversion of all outstanding
shares of preferred stock as of that date into common stock and
the issuance of a long-term note payable totaling $20,000,000,
which will occur upon closing of the proposed initial public
offering.
Unaudited Interim Financial
Information The accompanying unaudited
interim financial statements as of June 30, 2006 and for
the six month periods ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 have
been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding
interim financial reporting. As a result, certain footnote and
other disclosure required by accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America have been omitted. The
reader is encouraged to read the interim financial statements
together with the audited consolidated financial statements for
the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005. The
interim financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited consolidated financial statements, except
that the financial statements as of and for the six months ended
June 30, 2006 reflect the Companys adoption of the
fair value provisions of SFAS 123(R) with respect to
recording stock-based compensation discussed in Note 2. The
interim financial statements include all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the interim periods presented. The operating
results for the interim periods presented are not necessarily
indicative of the results that could be expected for the full
year.
Use of Estimates The preparation of
financial statements in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
those estimates.
Foreign Currency The financial
information for entities outside the United States is measured
using local currencies as the functional currency. Assets and
liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the
exchange rate in effect on the respective balance sheet dates.
Income and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars based
on the average rate of exchange for the corresponding period.
Exchange rate differences resulting from translation adjustments
are accounted for directly as a component of accumulated other
comprehensive income. Gains or losses from foreign currency
transactions are reflected in the consolidated statements of
operations.
Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and
cash equivalents consist primarily of highly liquid investments,
such as bank deposits, with insignificant interest rate risk and
original maturities of three months or less at the date of
acquisition.
F-7
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Inventories Inventories are stated at
the lower of cost or market on a
first-in, first-out
basis. Inventories include parts and components that may be
specialized in nature and subject to rapid obsolescence. The
Company periodically reviews the quantities and carrying values
of inventories to assess whether the inventories are
recoverable. The costs associated with provisions for excess
quantities, technological obsolescence, or component rejection
are charged to cost of sales as incurred.
Property, Plant, and Equipment
Property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined using the
straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the
related assets. In the case of leasehold improvements, the
estimated useful lives of the related assets do not exceed the
remaining terms of the corresponding leases. The following table
presents the assigned economic useful lives of property, plant,
and equipment:
|
|
|
|
|
Category |
|
Economic Useful Life | |
|
|
| |
Buildings
|
|
|
30 years |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
3-5 years |
|
Office furniture and fixtures
|
|
|
3-5 years |
|
Other assets
|
|
|
3-5 years |
|
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to
operations. Interest expense associated with significant capital
projects is capitalized as a cost of the project. The Company
capitalized $0, $0, $239,000 and $76,405 of interest expense in
2003, 2004, 2005 and the six months ended June 30, 2006,
respectively.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, which consist primarily of property, plant,
and equipment, are reviewed by management for impairment
whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying amount may not be recoverable. In cases in which
undiscounted expected future cash flows are less than the
carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded equal to the
amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of
assets.
Revenue Recognition The Company
recognizes revenue in accordance with SEC Accounting Bulletin,
or SAB, No. 104, Revenue Recognition. SAB
No. 104 requires that four basic criteria be met before
revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services
have been rendered; (3) the fee is fixed and determinable;
and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue from
the sale of the Companys products is generally recognized
upon shipment, provided that the other revenue recognition
criteria have been met. The Company has no obligation to provide
upgrades, enhancements or customer support subsequent to the
sale.
Revenue from orders with multiple deliverables is divided into
separate units of accounting when certain criteria are met. The
consideration for the arrangement is then allocated to the
separate units of accounting based on their relative fair
values. The Company defers revenue on multiple element
arrangements if the fair values of all deliverables are not
known or if customer acceptance is contingent on delivery of
specified items or performance conditions. Applicable revenue
recognition criteria are then applied separately for each
separate unit of accounting.
Returns and customer credits are infrequent and are recorded as
a reduction to revenue. Rights of return are generally not
included in sales arrangements. Generally, the Company receives
a customer purchase order as evidence of an arrangement and
product shipment terms are free on board (F.O.B.) shipping point.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts The
Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to provide
for the estimated amount of accounts receivable that will not be
collected. The allowance is based upon an assessment of customer
creditworthiness, historical payment experience and the age of
outstanding receivables.
F-8
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts was as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2003
|
|
$ |
278 |
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
172 |
|
Uncollectible accounts written off
|
|
|
(153 |
) |
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2003
|
|
|
322 |
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
35 |
|
Uncollectible accounts written off
|
|
|
(185 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
172 |
|
Provision for bad debts
|
|
|
43 |
|
Uncollectible accounts written off
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
$ |
198 |
|
|
|
|
|
Warranties In general, the
Companys products carry a warranty against defect for a
period of one to three years, depending upon the product type
and customer negotiations. The expected cost associated with
these warranty obligations is recorded when the revenue is
recognized. Warranty costs and related accrued warranty costs
were not significant for the periods presented.
Advertising Expense The cost of
advertising is expensed as incurred. The Company conducts
substantially all of its sales and marketing efforts through
trade shows, professional and technical conferences, direct
sales and use of its website. The Companys advertising
costs were not significant for the periods presented.
Research and Development Research and
development costs are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net
operating loss carryforwards and credits using enacted rates in
effect when those differences are expected to reverse. Valuation
allowances are provided against deferred tax assets that are not
deemed to be recoverable.
Stock-Based Compensation Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123,
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
(SFAS No. 123), encourages, but does
not require, companies to record compensation cost for
stock-based employee compensation plans at fair value. As
permitted by SFAS No. 123, the Company has elected to
account for stock-based compensation awarded to employees using
the intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles
Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations and
has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of
SFAS No. 123. Accordingly, for financial reporting
purposes, compensation cost for stock options granted to
employees and directors is measured as the excess, if any, of
the estimated fair market value of the Companys stock at
the deemed measurement date over the amount an employee or
director must pay to acquire the stock.
F-9
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Stock-based compensation is included in the following financial
statement captions as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
| |
Cost of sales
|
|
$ |
577 |
|
|
$ |
218 |
|
|
$ |
4 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
37 |
|
Sales and marketing
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Research and development
|
|
|
1,062 |
|
|
|
669 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
546 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
2,203 |
|
|
$ |
903 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
126 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the compensation costs for options awarded to employees and
directors had been determined using the fair value amortized to
expense over the vesting period of the awards, the recorded net
income would have been as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Reported net income
|
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in net
income net of taxes
|
|
|
2,203 |
|
|
|
903 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Deduct stock-based employee compensation expense determined
using the fair value for all awards net of taxes
|
|
|
(2,241 |
) |
|
|
(915 |
) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$ |
(28,248 |
) |
|
$ |
2,000 |
|
|
$ |
7,412 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys pro forma calculations for 2003, 2004, and
2005 were made using the minimum value method with the following
weighted-average assumptions: expected life of four years; stock
volatility of 0%; risk-free interest rate of 3.5% in 2003 and
2004 and 4.5% in 2005; and no dividend payments during the
expected term. Forfeitures are recognized as they occur.
Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based
Payment (SFAS No. 123(R)).
SFAS No. 123(R) establishes accounting for stock-based
awards exchanged for employee services and other stock-based
transactions. Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the
grant date, based on the fair value of the award, and is
recorded as compensation cost over the requisite service period.
The Company elected to adopt the modified prospective
application method provided by SFAS No. 123(R) as
discussed in Note 2.
Concentration of Credit Risk Financial
instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk
consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts
receivable. The Company maintains substantially all of its cash
in two financial institutions, which are believed to be
high-credit, quality financial institutions. The Company grants
credit to customers in the ordinary course of business and
provides a reserve for potential credit losses. Such losses
historically have been within managements expectations
(see discussion related to significant customers in
Note 14).
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Companys financial instruments consist of accounts
receivable, accounts payable, and long-term debt. The current
carrying amounts of such instruments are considered reasonable
estimates of their fair market value, due to the short maturity
of these instruments or as a result of the competitive market
interest rates, which have been negotiated.
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) includes charges and credits to
equity that are not the result of transactions with
stockholders. Included in other comprehensive income (loss) for
the Company is the cumulative translation adjustment. These
adjustments are accumulated
F-10
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
within the consolidated statements of convertible redeemable
preferred stock and stockholders deficit under accumulated
other comprehensive income.
Derivative Instruments The Company has
entered into financial instruments that constitute freestanding
derivative instruments. The Company accounts for these
arrangements in accordance with SFAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities (SFAS No. 133), as well as
related interpretations. Derivative instruments are recognized
as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheets and are
measured at fair value with gains or losses recognized in
earnings or other comprehensive income depending on the nature
of the derivative. The Company determines the fair value of
derivative instruments based on available market data using
appropriate valuation models, giving consideration to all of the
rights and obligations of each instrument.
The Company occasionally enters into a financial instrument that
contains a derivative instrument that is embedded in the
financial instrument. Upon entering into the instrument, the
Company assesses (i) whether the economic characteristics
of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to
the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the
financial instrument (i.e. the host contract), (ii) whether
a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded
instrument would meet the definition of a derivative instrument
and (iii) whether the instrument is indexed to the
Companys own stock and would be classified in
stockholders equity. When it is determined that
(1) the embedded derivative possesses economic
characteristics that are not clearly and closely related to the
economic characteristics of the host contract, (2) a
separate instrument with the same terms would qualify as a
derivative instrument or (3) the embedded derivative is not
indexed to the Companys own stock or would be classified
outside of stockholders equity, the embedded derivative is
separated from the host contract and carried at fair value.
Beneficial Conversion When the Company
issues debt or equity that is convertible into common stock at a
discount from the common stock fair value at the date the debt
or equity is issued, a beneficial conversion feature for the
difference between the fair value and the conversion price
multiplied by the number of shares issuable upon conversion is
recorded as a beneficial conversion charge or deemed dividend.
The beneficial conversion feature is presented as a discount to
the related debt or a deemed dividend to the related equity
holders, with an offsetting amount increasing additional paid-in
capital.
Business Segment Information The
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information (SFAS No. 131), establishes
standards for reporting information about operating segments.
The Company is structured with eight distinct legal entities in
eight different countries; however, the Company operates in one
segment as each of its legal entities have similar economic
characteristics and each meets the criteria for aggregation as
defined in SFAS No. 131. All of the Companys
operations involve the design, development, production and
distribution of fiber lasers, fiber amplifiers and related
optical components. As disclosed in Note 14, the Company
monitors and maintains information on the sale of its products
into its various end markets, including (i) materials
processing, (ii) telecommunications, (iii) medical and
(iv) advanced applications, but the Company does not
maintain separate operating financial information for these end
markets or on any other basis. The Companys product lines,
customer base and manufacturing processes are similar throughout
the world, with little distinction between legal entity or
product end market. The Company has a single, company-wide
management team that administers all properties as a whole
rather than as discrete operating segments. The chief
decisionmaker measures financial performance as a single
enterprise and not on legal entity or end-market basis.
Throughout the year, the chief decisionmaker allocates capital
resources on a project-by-project basis across the
Companys entire asset base to maximize profitability
without regard to legal entity or end-market basis.
F-11
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements In
November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151,
Inventory Costs an amendment of ARB No. 43,
Chapter 4 (SFAS No. 151),
relating to inventory costs. This revision is to clarify the
accounting for abnormal amounts of idle facility expense,
freight, handling costs and wasted material (spoilage). This
statement requires that these items be recorded as a current
period charge regardless of whether they meet the criterion
specified in ARB No. 43. In addition, this Statement
requires the allocation of fixed production overheads to the
costs of conversion be based on normal capacity of the
production facilities. SFAS No. 151 is effective for
the Company for inventory costs incurred beginning after
January 1, 2006. The adoption of SFAS No. 151 did
not have a material effect on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
In July 2006, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standards
Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes (FIN 48). FIN 48
prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for
recording in the financial statements uncertain tax positions
taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also
provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and
penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures and
transitions. FIN 48 will be effective for the Company
beginning January 1, 2007. The Company is currently
analyzing the effects, if any, of the adoption of FIN 48,
but does not anticipate that the results of adoption will have a
material impact on its reported results of operations or
financial condition.
|
|
2. |
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (UNAUDITED) |
The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) using the prospective
transition method. Under this method, compensation costs
recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2006 include:
(a) compensation costs for all share-based payment awards
granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006,
based on the intrinsic value in accordance with the original
provisions of APB 25 and (b) compensation costs for
all share-based payment awards granted subsequent to
January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123(R).
The Company allocates and records stock-based compensation
expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
period.
Under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company calculates the fair
value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes
option-pricing model. Determining the appropriate fair value
model and calculating the fair value of stock-based payment
awards require the use of highly subjective assumptions,
including the expected life of the stock-based payment awards
and stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating
the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent
managements best estimates, but the estimates involve
inherent uncertainties and the application of management
judgment. As a result, if factors change and the Company uses
different assumptions, the Companys stock-based
compensation expense could be materially different in the
future. The weighted average assumptions used in the
Black-Scholes model were 6.25 years for the expected term,
65% for the expected volatility, 4.75% for the risk-free rate
and 0% for dividend yield for the six months ended June 30,
2006.
The weighted-average grant-date fair values of options granted
during the six months ended June 30, 2006 were
$2.02 per option. The intrinsic value of the options
exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2006 was
$1,029,000.
The weighted average expected option term for 2006 reflects the
application of the simplified method set forth in Securities and
Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB,
No. 107, which was issued in March 2005. The simplified
method defines the life as the average of the contractual term
of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all
option tranches.
For the calculation of expected volatility, because there is
currently no public market for the Companys common stock,
and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied
volatility
F-12
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
information, the Company based its estimate of expected
volatility on the expected volatility of similar entities whose
share prices are publicly available. The Company used the
following factors to identify similar public entities: industry,
stage of life cycle, size and profitability. The Company intends
to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or
similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical
information regarding the volatility of its own share price
becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the
identified entities are no longer similar to the Company. In
this latter case, more suitable, similar entities whose share
prices are publicly available, would be utilized in the
calculation.
As stock-based compensation expense recorded in the
Companys statement of operations for the six months ended
June 30, 2006 is based on options ultimately expected to
vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures.
SFAS 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the
time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods
if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The
stock-based compensation recorded for the six months ended
June 30, 2006 reflects an estimated forfeiture rate of 5%.
For the purposes of preparing the pro forma information required
under SFAS 123 for the periods prior to fiscal 2006, the
Company accounted for forfeitures as they occurred.
In accordance with the prospective transition method, the
Companys financial statements for prior periods have not
been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of
SFAS 123(R). Total employee stock-based compensation
expense recorded under SFAS 123(R) for the six months ended
June 30, 2006 was $126,000.
Incentive Plans In April 2000, our
board of directors adopted the 2000 Incentive Compensation Plan,
or 2000 plan, and in February 2006, our board of directors
adopted the 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan, or 2006 plan,
which provide for the issuance of stock options and other stock
and non-stock based awards to the Companys directors,
employees, consultants and advisors. The Company reserved
8,750,000 shares under the 2000 plan and
6,000,000 shares under the 2006 plan for the issuance of
awards under the plans. In June 2006, our board of directors
adopted the Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan, or the directors
plan. Only non-employee directors are eligible to receive awards
under the directors plan. The Company reserved
250,000 shares for issuance under the director plan. Under
the three plans, the Company may grant nonstatutory stock
options at an exercise price at least equal to the fair market
value of our common stock on the date of grant, unless the board
of directors or compensation committee determines otherwise on
the date of grant. Incentive stock options may be granted under
the 2000 plan and the 2006 plans at exercise prices equal to or
exceeding the fair market value of the common stock on the date
of grant. Options generally become exercisable over periods of
two to five years and expire seven to ten years from the date of
the grant. The awards under the 2000 plan and the 2006 plans may
become exercisable earlier upon the occurrence of certain change
of control events at the election of the board of directors or
compensation committee, and all awards under the directors plan
automatically become exercisable upon a change-of-control. At
June 30, 2006, 4,790,034 shares were available for
future grant under the option plans.
F-13
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Stock Options A summary of option
activity during the six months ended June 30, 2006 is
presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted- | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
|
|
Weighted- | |
|
Remaining | |
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
Contractual | |
|
|
Number of | |
|
Exercise | |
|
Term | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Price | |
|
(In Years) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding January 1, 2006
|
|
|
5,879,578 |
|
|
$ |
1.06 |
|
|
|
7.52 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,696,425 |
|
|
|
3.60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
894,752 |
|
|
|
1.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cancelled
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
25,291 |
|
|
|
1.72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding June 30, 2006
|
|
|
6,655,960 |
|
|
|
1.71 |
|
|
|
7.76 |
|
Exercisable June 30, 2006
|
|
|
3,248,762 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
|
6.19 |
|
The aggregate intrinsic value of vested and exercisable stock
options was $9,000,000 at June 30, 2006.
The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet
recorded at June 30, 2006 was $3,400,000 which is expected
to be recognized over 4.5 years on a weighted average basis.
Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Components and raw materials
|
|
$ |
15,473 |
|
|
$ |
9,985 |
|
|
$ |
14,637 |
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
5,900 |
|
|
|
10,010 |
|
|
|
8,872 |
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
8,204 |
|
|
|
8,593 |
|
|
|
11,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
29,577 |
|
|
$ |
28,588 |
|
|
$ |
34,759 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company recorded inventory provisions totaling $8,321,000,
$0 and $2,370,000 in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. These
provisions were recorded as a result of the changes in market
prices of certain components, the realizable value of those
inventories through finished product sales and uncertainties
related to the recoverability of the value of inventories due to
technological changes and excess quantities. These provisions
are reported as a reduction to components and raw materials and
finished goods.
F-14
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
4. PROPERTY, PLANT, AND
EQUIPMENT
Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Land
|
|
$ |
4,284 |
|
|
$ |
5,817 |
|
|
$ |
6,281 |
|
Buildings
|
|
|
27,212 |
|
|
|
35,397 |
|
|
|
38,010 |
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
42,023 |
|
|
|
43,783 |
|
|
|
48,797 |
|
Office equipment and fixtures
|
|
|
4,875 |
|
|
|
5,625 |
|
|
|
6,664 |
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
4,182 |
|
|
|
1,084 |
|
|
|
3,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant, and equipment
|
|
|
82,576 |
|
|
|
91,706 |
|
|
|
103,102 |
|
Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(36,594 |
) |
|
|
(40,711 |
) |
|
|
(45,557 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total property, plant, and equipment net
|
|
$ |
45,982 |
|
|
$ |
50,995 |
|
|
$ |
57,545 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER
LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities consist of the following
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Accrued compensation
|
|
$ |
2,562 |
|
|
$ |
4,248 |
|
|
$ |
3,666 |
|
Customer deposits and deferred revenue
|
|
|
2,166 |
|
|
|
2,078 |
|
|
|
3,899 |
|
Accrued warranty
|
|
|
593 |
|
|
|
1,065 |
|
|
|
1,149 |
|
Other
|
|
|
1,853 |
|
|
|
2,516 |
|
|
|
2,534 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,174 |
|
|
$ |
9,907 |
|
|
$ |
11,248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6. |
FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS |
The Companys existing borrowings under financing
arrangements consist of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Revolving Line-of-Credit Facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Euro Overdraft Facility
|
|
$ |
3,259 |
|
|
$ |
3,060 |
|
|
$ |
4,870 |
|
|
U.S. Demand Line of Credit
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
1,000 |
|
|
|
1,500 |
|
|
IPFD Credit Facility (related party)
|
|
|
4,600 |
|
|
|
4,686 |
|
|
|
4,641 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
8,259 |
|
|
$ |
8,746 |
|
|
$ |
11,011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Term Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Construction Loan
|
|
$ |
6,347 |
|
|
$ |
5,983 |
|
|
$ |
5,790 |
|
|
Note Payable to Supplier
|
|
|
3,350 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible Supplier Note
|
|
|
4,695 |
|
|
|
4,942 |
|
|
|
5,069 |
|
|
Euro Construction Loan
|
|
|
10,232 |
|
|
|
7,588 |
|
|
|
6,274 |
|
|
NTO Note Payable to IPFD (related party)
|
|
|
651 |
|
|
|
595 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other term debt
|
|
|
6,179 |
|
|
|
6,973 |
|
|
|
7,135 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total term debt
|
|
|
31,454 |
|
|
|
26,081 |
|
|
|
24,268 |
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(5,995 |
) |
|
|
(10,438 |
) |
|
|
(15,301 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$ |
25,459 |
|
|
$ |
15,643 |
|
|
$ |
8,967 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal maturities of long-term debt as of December 31,
2005 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
$ |
10,438 |
|
2007
|
|
|
8,306 |
|
2008
|
|
|
1,994 |
|
2009
|
|
|
1,866 |
|
2010
|
|
|
1,134 |
|
2011 and thereafter
|
|
|
2,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
26,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving
Line-of-Credit
Facilities: |
Euro Overdraft Facility The Company maintains
a syndicated overdraft facility with available principal of
Euro 4,395,500 (approximately $5,205,000 at
December 31, 2005). Of the total amount,
Euro 2,395,500 (approximately $2,837,000 at
December 31, 2005) is available through March 2010 and
Euro 2,000,000 (approximately $2,369,000 at
December 31, 2005) is available through September 2006.
This facility bears interest at market rates that vary depending
upon the principal outstanding (from 7.5% to 8.0% at
December 31, 2005). This facility and the Euro Construction
Loan are collateralized by a common pool of the assets of the
German entity. A portion of this loan is partially guaranteed by
the Companys largest stockholder. At December 31,
2005, the remaining availability under the Euro Overdraft
Facility totaled $2,145,000.
U.S. Demand Line of Credit The Company
maintains a credit line with available principal of 75% of
eligible receivables, up to $3,000,000, on a revolving basis.
This facility bears interest at a variable rate of LIBOR plus
4.0% (8.37% at December 31, 2005). The facility is payable
upon demand, and collateralized by all the assets held by the
U.S. parent company (including cross-collaterization by the
assets securing the U.S. Construction Loan) and is senior
to the IPFD Credit Facility and the Convertible Supplier Note,
which is no longer outstanding. At December 31, 2005, the
remaining availability under the U.S. Demand Line of Credit
totaled $2,000,000.
Japanese Line of Credit In September 2005,
the Company negotiated a credit line with available principal of
100% of eligible receivables, up to JPY 700,000,000
(approximately $5,939,000 at December 31, 2005), on a
revolving basis. This facility bears interest at a fixed rate of
1.88% at
F-16
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005. The facility is renewable annually and
collateralized by accounts receivable and inventory in Japan.
There is no outstanding balance on the credit line at
December 31, 2005.
IPFD Credit Facility The Company maintains a
credit line with available principal of $4,600,000 on a
revolving basis with its affiliate and stockholder, IPFD.
Principal drawn under the facility bears interest at a rate
equal to the three-month LIBOR rate in effect on the date of the
drawdown plus 2%. The facility bears interest at a
weighted-average rate of 3.5% at December 31, 2005. The
commitment period ended in March 2006, and the outstanding
principal is payable in 24 equal monthly installments with the
first installment commencing January 1, 2007. The credit
facility is secured by certain inventory and equipment in the
U.S. At December 31, 2005, there was no remaining
availability under the IPFD Credit Facility, and the outstanding
balance included $86,000 of accrued interest, which was paid in
January 2006. On July 31, 2006, the IPFD Credit Facility
was paid down and terminated.
Term Debt:
U.S. Construction Loan Outstanding
principal under the U.S. Construction Loan bears interest
at a fixed rate of 7.9% and is collateralized by the real estate
and building housing the Companys U.S. operations.
The outstanding principal is being repaid on a monthly basis
based upon a 20-year
amortization schedule with a balloon payment due in January
2007. The U.S. Construction Loan contains certain
covenants, including maintenance of specific financial ratios.
Compliance with the financial covenants has been waived if the
Company maintains cash on deposit with the bank equal to the
principal amount of the loan. At December 31, 2004, the
Company maintained with the bank, in a restricted cash account,
an amount equal to the principal amount of the loan, totaling
$6,348,000. As a result of a return to compliance with the
financial covenants, the cash held in the restricted account was
released in May 2005.
Note Payable to Supplier In connection
with a settlement with a component supplier, who subsequently
became a stockholder, the Company converted outstanding trade
payables into a three-year note payable, bearing interest at
4.0%. The Company repaid the note in May 2005.
Convertible Supplier Note In connection with
a settlement with a component supplier, who subsequently became
a stockholder, the Company issued a note with a face value
totaling $5,100,000. The note does not require any interest
payments. Upon issuance in 2003, the Company recorded a discount
totaling $726,000, reflecting imputed interest. During the years
ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, imputed interest expense
totaling $235,000 and $247,000, respectively, was accreted to
the carrying value of the note. The Company can settle the note
prior to August 2006 for cash totaling $5,100,000 or by issuing
2,684,211 shares of Series D preferred stock. Only
upon a change in control of the Company or other events of
default, the note can, at the option of the holder, be converted
to 2,684,211 shares of Series D or immediately settled
in cash. In August 2006, the note was fully settled in cash.
Euro Construction Loan The Company maintains
a financing agreement with a syndicate of banks used to finance
construction of a manufacturing facility in Germany and to meet
the working capital needs of the German operation. Principal and
interest payments are due semiannually through March 2010.
Interest accrues at 5.25%. A portion of this loan is personally
guaranteed by the Companys largest stockholder.
NTO Note Payable to IPFD At
December 31, 2004 and 2005, there was an unsecured $560,000
note payable to IPFD, maturing in January 2006. Interest accrues
at 4.4% annually. The principal balance includes $91,000 and
$35,000 of accrued interest at December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. The note was repaid in May 2006.
Other Term Debt Other term debt consists
principally of Euro-denominated notes payable with fixed and
variable rates ranging from 4.2% to 6.5% and various maturities
ranging from 2006 to 2019. At
F-17
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
December 31, 2005, the amount includes a new Euro 1,780,000
(approximately $2,108,000 at December 31, 2005) mortgage
negotiated in 2005 to finance part of the acquisition costs of a
new building in Germany. These notes are collateralized by
property, plant, and equipment in Germany. A portion of one
loan, with a principal balance of $2,059,000, is personally
guaranteed by the Companys largest stockholder.
|
|
7. |
CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK AND
WARRANTS |
Preferred Stock The Company has
authorized 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value
of $0.0001, of which 500,000 shares have been designated as
Series A convertible preferred stock (the
Series A), 3,800,000 shares have been
designated as Series B convertible redeemable preferred
stock (the Series B), and 5,400,000 shares
have been designated as Series D convertible redeemable
preferred stock (the Series D).
The rights and preferences of the outstanding preferred stock
are as follows:
Dividends The holders of the Series A,
Series B, and Series D are not entitled to dividends
at any fixed rate, but are entitled to receive cumulative
dividends at the rate paid, if any, on the common shares.
Liquidation In the event of any voluntary or
involuntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company, each
holder of the Series A, Series B, and Series D is
entitled to be paid, before any distributions are made to the
common stockholders or other junior stockholders, a liquidation
preference. The holders of the Series A, Series B, and
Series D also are entitled to receive their preference
values in a merger of the Company. The holders of the
Series A, Series B, and Series D are entitled to
be paid an amount equal to the preference value of $10.00,
$25.00 and $1.90 per share, respectively, plus, in each
case, accrued and unpaid dividends. If the assets of the Company
are not sufficient to generate cash sufficient to pay, in full,
the Series A, Series B, and Series D preference
values, the holders of the Series A, Series B, and
Series D will be entitled to share ratably in any
distribution of cash generated by assets in accordance with the
respective amounts that would have been payable in such
distribution if the amounts to which the holders of the
Series A, Series B, and Series D are entitled
were paid in full. After such distributions, the holders of the
Series A and Series D do not participate in any
further distributions. The holders of the Series B
participate in further distributions available for the common
shares in the amount that would have been payable per share if
the Series B had been converted to common shares. If the
total payout to the stockholders of the Series B exceeds
$100.00 per share, the preference amount declines linearly
from $25.00 per share to $0 as the participation amount
payout increases from $100.00 to $125.00.
Voting Rights The holders of the
Series A and Series D are entitled to vote as separate
classes with respect to the matters regarding the respective
rights and preferences of their class of shares. The holders of
Series A are not entitled to vote on any other matters. The
holders of the Series B and Series D are entitled to
vote on matters with holders of common shares in an amount equal
to the number of common shares into which the Series B and
Series D are then convertible. The holders of Series B
are also entitled to vote together as a separate class to elect
one director of the Company. In addition, without approval of
the majority of the Series B stockholders, the Company is
restricted from issuing any equity security or convertible
securities with equity participation ranking senior to the
Series B, changing the nature of the Companys
business, altering the Companys certificate of
incorporation or by-laws with the effect of altering the rights
of the Series B, increasing the authorized shares of
Series B or, with certain exceptions, redeeming capital
stock, or declaring or paying dividends, or making distributions
of the Companys assets.
F-18
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Redemption At the election of the holders of
a majority of the outstanding Series B, the Company is
obligated to redeem up to 33.3% after April 15, 2007, up to
66.7% after August 25, 2007, and up to 100% after
August 25, 2008, of the outstanding Series B at a
redemption price equal to $25.00 per share, plus accrued
but unpaid dividends. In the event that the Company has
insufficient funds to redeem the shares, the Series B will
accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the prime rate, plus
3%, until redeemed. In the event that the holders of
Series B exercise their redemption rights, the
Series D holders are entitled to redeem their shares at a
redemption price of $1.90 per share upon the same
conditions and restrictions as the holders of Series B and
at the same time as the holders of Series B. The Company
has no right to redeem any of the preferred stock.
The Series B is being accreted to its redemption value
through the redemption dates. Accretion totaled $2,352,000,
$2,351,000, and $2,351,000 for each of the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
Conversion The Series A, Series B
and Series D are convertible into the number of shares of
common stock of the Company as is determined by dividing their
respective preference values by their respective conversion
values then in effect. As of December 31, 2005, the
preference values of the Series A, Series B, and
Series D are $10.00, $25.00 and $1.90 per share,
respectively, and the conversion values are $9.10, $21.91 and
$1.90 per share, respectively. Given the repayment of the
Convertible Supplier Note in August 2006, the conversion prices
of the preferred stock will be adjusted pursuant to the terms of
the preferred stock (see Note 6). The conversion price
adjusts in certain circumstances defined by the respective terms
of the different series of preferred stock, including the
issuances of stock, options, warrants or other rights to
purchase equity at prices below the then-applicable conversion
price of the respective preferred stock, subject to exceptions
including the issuance of equity-based instruments under
employee and director compensation plans. As of
December 31, 2005, the Series A, Series B, and
Series D are convertible at the holders option at any
time. In December 2005 and January 2006, the conversion rights
and obligations of the Series B and Series A,
respectively, were amended to modify their automatic conversion
right into common shares upon public offerings which meet
specific conditions.
Upon a public offering generating gross proceeds to the Company
of at least $35,000,000, at or above $3.00 per share, and
if the common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange
or the NASDAQ Global Market, all Series A automatically
convert into common stock at the lower of the conversion price
then in effect or the offering price to the public. Upon a
qualified public offering, all of the Series B
automatically converts into subordinated debt and common shares.
A qualified public offering is one (i) that generates gross
proceeds to the Company of at least $75.0 million,
(ii) that offers the shares of the Companys common
stock at or above a price of $3.00 per share,
(iii) that is listed for trading on the New York Stock
Exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market, and (iv) in
which either the Company repurchases all of the warrants to
purchase its common stock that were granted to the holders of
the Series B or the holders are permitted to exercise them
and sell the common stock acquired upon exercise in the
offering. In a qualified public offering, the holders of the
Series B will receive consideration equal to the greater of
(A) what the holders of the Series B would have
received if the Company were sold to a third party using the
public offering price to compute the total sale price, which
amount would have included the liquidation preference of the
Series B plus an additional participation amount, as set
forth in the Companys certificate of incorporation, and
(B) what the holders of the Series B would have
received if it converted upon the public offering at the
following per share conversion prices: (x) $10.00, if the
price to the public is equal to or greater than $3.00 and less
than $25.00; (y) the price to the public divided by a
factor of 2.5, if the offering price per share is equal to or
greater than $25.00 and less than $62.50; and (z) $25.00,
if the price to the public in the qualified public offering is
equal to or greater than $62.50. The consideration that the
holders of the Series B will receive upon a qualified
public offering consists of subordinated three-year notes
totaling $20,000,000 in principal amount and the remainder in
the form of the Companys common stock valued at the per
share offering price to
F-19
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the public in the qualified public offering. The subordinated
notes will bear interest at the greater of the short-term
applicable Federal rate, as published by the Internal Revenue
Service in regular Revenue Rulings, or 4% in the first year, 7%
in the second year and 10% in the third year.
Because, at valuations between $25.00 per share and
$62.50 per share, the conversion consideration becomes
fixed (i.e., the automatic conversion option is not indexed to
the Companys own stock), the Company is required to
account for the automatic conversion option of the Series B
as an embedded derivative requiring separate accounting
treatment in accordance with SFAS No. 133. Because of
the remote probability that the Companys stock will reach
the specified valuation range, the fair value of the embedded
derivative is considered de minimis for all periods
presented.
All of the outstanding Series D automatically converts into
common stock of the Company upon (i) a public offering of
the Companys common stock at a price at or above
$1.90 per share or a merger or sale of the Company in which
the holders of the Series D would be entitled to
$1.90 per share or more, or such lesser amount approved by
the Series A and Series B holders, provided that the
holders of the Series A, Series B and Series D
receive an amount equal to that which they would be entitled to
receive in a liquidation of the Company, or (ii) the
conversion of all of the Series A and Series B. The
Series D will convert into common stock of the Company at a
rate of 0.94 shares of common stock for each share of
Series D.
At December 31, 2005, the Series A, Series B, and
Series D were convertible into 536,264, 4,335,920, and
2,684,211 shares of common stock, respectively.
The issuance of certain shares of common stock and the
Series D in 2003 resulted in an adjustment to the
conversion ratios of the Series A and Series B, and
such price protection or antidilution features constitute a
contingent beneficial conversion feature in the Series A
and Series B. The Company recorded a beneficial conversion
charge (deemed dividend) of approximately $5,242,000 in 2003
arising from these contingent beneficial conversion features.
Future issuances of equity instruments that are deemed to be
antidilutive to the holders of the Series A and
Series B will result in additional beneficial conversion
charges (deemed dividends).
During 2004, two employees exercised 120,000 stock options and
paid the exercise price with 12,000 shares of Series A.
Investor Rights The holders of the
Series B have the right to designate one person to the
Companys board of directors and a right of last refusal,
as well as co-sale and preemptive rights along with the holders
of the Series D. The holders of the Series A have
co-sale rights. These rights terminate upon a qualifying public
offering. In addition, holders of the Companys preferred
stock and certain other stockholders have demand and
piggy-back rights that require the Company to
register their shares for resale on a best efforts basis with no
stated penalty for failing to register their shares. If
registration rights are exercised, the Company agreed to pay
registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and
commissions, and the Company agreed to indemnify the selling
stockholders for material misstatements or omissions in the
registration statement attributable to the Company. The Company
also agreed to indemnify the holders of the Series B,
subject to certain exceptions, for damages, expenses, or losses
arising out of any third-party claim relating to their status as
a stockholder, director or control person of the Company or
otherwise relating to their involvement with the Company.
Warrants In connection with the
issuance of the Series B, the Company issued Series B
Warrants to purchase, in the aggregate, $47,500,000 of the
Companys common stock at an equivalent per-share price of
50% of the fair value on the date of an initial public offering
of common stock or the sale, merger or liquidation of the
Company. The Warrants are exercisable only upon the merger or
liquidation of the Company, the sale of all of the
Companys assets or stock or an underwritten initial public
offering of the Companys common stock. In December 2005,
the term of the warrants was extended from August 30, 2007
to April 15, 2008, and the Company obtained the right to
repurchase them for
F-20
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$23,750,000, less underwriting discount and fees applicable to
an initial public offering of shares. The Series B Warrants
constitute freestanding derivatives that are accounted for as
liabilities at fair value, which is estimated to be $13,899,000
and $14,644,000, at December 31, 2004 and 2005,
respectively. The Series B Warrants are a binary financial
instrument with a fair value of either $23,750,000 if the
Series B Warrants are exercised prior to their expiration
or zero if the term of the Series B Warrants expires before
they are exercised. At each balance sheet date, the fair value
of the Series B Warrants is estimated by the Company by
assessing the probability that the Series B Warrants will
be exercised prior to their expiration. To calculate the
estimated fair value, the determined probability percentage is
multiplied by the total potential value of the Series B
Warrants. A discount relating to the time value of money is
applied to the estimated value if the Series B Warrants are
not expected to be exercised within twelve months. As
freestanding derivative instruments, changes in fair value of
the Series B Warrants are recognized in earnings and
reported as other income (expense). For the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, the fair value of the
Series B Warrants increased by $3,664,000, $615,000, and
$745,000, respectively.
Reserved Shares In addition to the
shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the
Companys stock option plan, the Company agreed to reserve
a sufficient number of shares of common stock for potential
conversion of the Series A, Series B, and
Series D and for the exercise of outstanding warrants to
purchase common stock.
Notes Receivable From Issuances of
Shares The Company has received notes from
an individual in connection with this individuals exercise
of 190,000 nonqualified stock options in March 2000, as well as
the issuance of 250,000 shares of common stock in
connection with professional services. This individual later
became a member of the Companys Board of Directors. The
notes receivable have principal balances of $190,000 and
$250,000, accruing interest at 1.68% and 1.52%, respectively,
and are collateralized by 490,000 shares of the
Companys common stock. In September 2003, the loans to
this individual were converted from recourse to nonrecourse,
resulting in a stock-based compensation charge totaling $496,000
in 2003. Subsequent to the September 2003 modification, the
shares of restricted stock underlying these loans, along with
any newly issued loans granted in connection with stock-based
compensation arrangements, require variable plan accounting. The
appreciation in the fair value of the underlying common stock
was such that the total compensation calculated was less than
the cumulative amount previously recognized under fair value
accounting and no further compensation expense was recorded in
the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005.
During 2001, an employee exercised stock options and paid the
exercise price and taxes with a nonrecourse note payable in a
principal amount of $23,000 with a weighted-average interest
rate of 4.76%.
The notes receivable are presented in the consolidated balance
sheets as an increase in stockholders deficit. Interest
income recognized from these notes totaled approximately
$12,000, $10,000, and $8,000 during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
In July and August 2006, the loans and accrued interest, with
the exception of one loan with a principal balance of $23,000,
were settled.
Minority Interests Minority interests
reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements
consist of the 20% of IPG Fibertech S.r.l., Italy
(Fibertech) held by the management of Fibertech; 49%
of NTO IRE-POLUS, Russia (NTO) held by certain
Company employees and other parties; 20% of IPG Photonics
(Japan) Ltd., Japan (IPG Japan) held by the
Companys Japanese distributor which also holds shares of
the Companys common stock; and 10% of IPG Photonics
(Korea) (IPG Korea) held by the management of IPG
Korea. During 2004 and 2005, the minority stockholders of IPG
Korea and IPG Japan contributed $142,000 and $11,000,
respectively, in capital in connection with the formation of
those companies.
F-21
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
8. |
RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS |
In 2001, the Company loaned three officers of the Company,
including the Companys chief executive officer, a total of
$6,736,000, bearing interest as of December 31, 2005, at a
weighted-average interest rate of 2.15%. In July 2003,
$1,681,000 in outstanding principal and interest was repaid by
the chief executive officer. In January 2006, a former officer
repaid $786,000 principal and $249,000 accrued interest to the
Company. Interest earned and accrued on such loans totaled
$233,000 during 2003, $127,000 during 2004, and $130,000 in
2005, and has been included in the carrying value of the loans.
At December 31, 2004 and 2005, the Company had an amount
payable to IPFD totaling $4,600,000 and $4,686,000,
respectively, under the IPFD Credit Facility discussed in
Note 4. Interest expense on the IPFD Credit Facility
totaled $106,000, $156,000 and $161,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2003 2004, and 2005, respectively. In
addition, during 2004, the Company purchased optical components
from IPFD for $297,000.
At December 31, 2004 and 2005, there was a $560,000 note
payable to IPFD from NTO, maturing on December 31, 2007.
Interest expense, accruing at 4.4% annually, for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005 totaled $30,000, $20,000,
and $25,000, respectively, and has been included in the carrying
value of the note.
On July 31, 2006, IPFD purchased from the chief executive
officer 1,156,005 shares of the Companys common stock
in exchange for $357,000 in cash and $4.6 million in the
form of the assignment of the amounts due under the IPFD Credit
Facility. Simultaneously, the Company exchanged with the chief
executive officer the note due from him with a remaining
principal amount of $5.0 million for $357,000 in cash and
$4.6 million in the form of the assignment of amounts due
under the IPFD Credit Facility. As a result of these
transactions, the IPFD Credit Facility and the note receivable
from the chief executive officer were fully repaid and were no
longer outstanding.
In addition, the remaining principal and accrued interest due
from the other officers were repaid in August 2006.
In November 2003, NTO advanced $175,000 to an officer of the
Company. The loan was secured by real property. In 2004, the
officer repaid $103,000 and, in 2005, the remaining outstanding
principal of $72,000 was repaid.
In November 2004, the chief executive officer provided a
personal guarantee for the U.S. Demand Line of Credit for
the Company. In consideration of the personal guarantee, the
Company approved a guarantee fee to the executive equal to
interest on his loan from the Company (with a tax gross-up) for
each quarter that the U.S. Demand Line of Credit is
outstanding. The Company paid $16,000 in 2004 and $136,000 in
2005 related to the guarantee fee.
The Company leased office space from IPFD and reimbursed IPFD
for general and administrative expenses. The costs related to
the lease and services totaled $115,000, $148,000 and $116,000
in 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.
At December 31, 2004, the Company had an amount payable
under the Convertible Supplier Note totaling $3,349,000 as
discussed in Note 6. Interest expense on the Convertible
Supplier Note totaled $91,000, $187,000 and $45,000 for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005,
respectively. The Company repaid the total amount of outstanding
principal and accrued interest in May 2005.
In November 2004, a minority stockholder of IPG Japan that is
unaffiliated with the Company advanced $970,000 to IPG Japan,
which has been reported in the consolidated balance sheet under
the caption accrued expenses and other liabilities. In February
2005, the amount was repaid to the minority stockholder.
F-22
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
9. |
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE |
The Company follows
EITF 03-6,
Participating Securities and the Two-Class Method under
FASB Statement 128 (EITF 03-6), which
established standards regarding the computation of net income
(loss) per share by companies that have issued securities other
than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to
participate in dividends and earnings of the company.
EITF 03-6 requires
earnings available to common stockholders for the period, after
deduction of preferred stock accretion and deemed dividends
related to beneficial conversion features, to be allocated
between the common and convertible securities based on their
respective rights to receive dividends. Basic net income (loss)
per share is then calculated by dividing income (loss)
applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number
of shares outstanding. The Companys preferred stock does
not participate in losses, and therefore is not included in the
computation of net loss per share, as applicable.
EITF 03-6 does not
require the presentation of basic and diluted net income (loss)
per share for securities other than common stock; therefore, the
following per share amounts only pertain to the Companys
common stock.
The Company calculates diluted net income (loss) per share under
the if-converted method unless the conversion of the convertible
preferred stock is anti-dilutive to basic net income (loss) per
share. To the extent convertible preferred stock is
anti-dilutive, the Company calculates diluted net income (loss)
per share under the two-class method to include the effect of
potential common shares.
The share count used to compute basic and diluted net income
(loss) per share is calculated as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used to compute basic
net income per share
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
39,348 |
|
|
|
39,008 |
|
|
|
40,385 |
|
Add dilutive common equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,295 |
|
|
Series A preferred stock if converted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
|
536 |
|
|
Series B preferred stock if converted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series D preferred stock if converted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
Convertible supplier note payable if converted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares used to compute diluted net income per share
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
45,252 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
|
|
49,584 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following is a summary of the securities outstanding during
the respective periods that have been excluded from the
calculations because the effect on net income (loss) per share
would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
Ended June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Stock options
|
|
|
4,324 |
|
|
|
5,730 |
|
|
|
5,880 |
|
|
|
5,606 |
|
|
|
964 |
|
Series A preferred stock if converted
|
|
|
549 |
|
|
|
549 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B preferred stock if converted
|
|
|
4,336 |
|
|
|
4,336 |
|
|
|
4,336 |
|
|
|
4,336 |
|
|
|
4,377 |
|
Series D preferred stock if converted
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Convertible supplier note payable if converted
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Series B Warrants are only exercisable upon the
completion of an initial public offering of the Companys
common stock or the sale, liquidation, or merger of the Company
and, as such, any shares that would be issued upon the exercise
of the Series B Warrants have been excluded from the
computations of net income (loss) per share for all periods
presented.
F-23
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and
diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per
share data):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Calculation of basic net income per share
two-class method:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
(28,210 |
) |
|
$ |
2,012 |
|
|
$ |
7,427 |
|
|
$ |
2,150 |
|
|
$ |
6,118 |
|
|
Accretion of series B preferred stock
|
|
|
(2,352 |
) |
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
(2,351 |
) |
|
|
(1,176 |
) |
|
|
(1,037 |
) |
|
Beneficial conversion feature
|
|
|
(5,242 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$ |
(35,804 |
) |
|
$ |
(339 |
) |
|
$ |
5,076 |
|
|
$ |
974 |
|
|
$ |
5,081 |
|
|
Percent of net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
|
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
|
|
|
(35,804 |
) |
|
|
(339 |
) |
|
|
4,258 |
|
|
|
816 |
|
|
|
4,277 |
|
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
39,348 |
|
|
|
39,008 |
|
|
|
40,385 |
|
|
Basic net income (loss) per share two-class method
|
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of diluted net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
|
|
$ |
(35,804 |
) |
|
$ |
(339 |
) |
|
$ |
4,258 |
|
|
$ |
816 |
|
|
$ |
4,277 |
|
|
Interest expense on convertible supplier note payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
Net income allocable to anti-dilutive convertible preferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(35,804 |
) |
|
|
(339 |
) |
|
|
4,854 |
|
|
|
1,004 |
|
|
|
4,745 |
|
|
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
45,252 |
|
|
|
44,912 |
|
|
|
49,584 |
|
|
Diluted net income (loss) per share
|
|
$ |
(0.93 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.02 |
|
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended | |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, | |
|
June 30, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) | |
Weighted average common shares outstanding
|
|
|
38,302 |
|
|
|
38,547 |
|
|
|
39,348 |
|
|
|
39,008 |
|
|
|
40,385 |
|
Weighted average dilutive convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
|
|
3,220 |
|
Weighted average anti-dilutive convertible preferred stock
outstanding
|
|
|
5,589 |
|
|
|
7,569 |
|
|
|
4,336 |
|
|
|
4,336 |
|
|
|
4,377 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average common shares and preferred shares outstanding
|
|
|
43,891 |
|
|
|
46,116 |
|
|
|
46,904 |
|
|
|
46,564 |
|
|
|
47,982 |
|
Percent of net income (loss) allocable to common stockholders
|
|
|
87 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
Percent of net income (loss) allocable to dilutive convertible
preferred stockholders
|
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
0 |
% |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
10. |
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |
Operating Leases The Company leases
certain facilities under cancelable and noncancelable operating
lease agreements which expire through June 2010. In addition,
the Company leases capital
F-24
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
equipment under several operating leases. Rent expense for the
years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, totaled
$263,000, $633,000, and $570,000, respectively.
Commitments under the noncancelable lease agreements as of
December 31, 2005, are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Ending December 31 |
|
Facilities | |
|
Equipment | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
2006
|
|
$ |
406 |
|
|
$ |
688 |
|
|
$ |
1,094 |
|
2007
|
|
|
373 |
|
|
|
414 |
|
|
|
787 |
|
2008
|
|
|
370 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
502 |
|
2009
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
390 |
|
2010
|
|
|
321 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
338 |
|
2011
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
2,112 |
|
|
$ |
1,274 |
|
|
$ |
3,386 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employment Agreements The Company has
entered into employment agreements with certain members of
senior management. The terms of these agreements are up to two
years and include noncompete and nondisclosure provisions, as
well as provide for defined severance payments in the event of
termination.
Product Sales Agreement In August
2003, the Company settled a contract dispute and related
litigation with a component supplier. Under the terms of the
settlement, the Company entered into two supply agreements,
pursuant to which (a) the Company agreed to sell to the
component supplier certain products at discounted amounts and
(b) the Company agreed to purchase from the component
supplier certain percentages (but not fixed dollar amounts) of
the Companys external requirements, if any, for specified
components for five years. The Company sold products to the
supplier totaling $119,000 in 2005, $189,000 in 2004, and
$38,000 in 2003.
Other In 2004, the German tax
authorities commenced a review of the Companys German
income tax filings for the years 1999 through 2002. Management
does not believe that any adjustments to amounts previously
reported on the Companys German income tax returns will
have a material impact on the Companys consolidated
financial position or results of operations.
In April 2005, the Company was sued for patent infringement
relating to optical fiber. The plaintiff has made a complaint
with unspecified damages. The Company answered the complaint on
June 2, 2005, and filed a counterclaim, denying
infringement and raising additional defenses. On the same day,
the plaintiff in the case filed its complaint, the plaintiff
requested that the United States Patent and Trademark Office
reexamine the plaintiffs patent, and the patent office
granted that request. In view of the pending reexamination, the
litigation was stayed until the conclusion of the patent office
reexamination. The patent expires in January 2011. The Company
believes it has meritorious defenses and intends to vigorously
contest the claims after the patent office concludes the
reexamination and the stay of litigation is lifted. As such, no
amounts have been accrued in respect of this contingency.
In June 2006, another company filed a claim against the Company
alleging infringement of a United States patent related to diode
pumping of single mode core optical fibers. The plaintiff in
this case seeks damages of over $20.0 million, treble
damages and injunctive relief. The patent expires in June 2007.
The Company believes it has meritorious defenses and intends to
vigorously contest the claims. As such, no amounts have been
accrued in respect of this contingency.
F-25
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
12. |
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS |
Retirement Savings Plan The Company
maintains a 401(k) retirement savings plan covering all of its
U.S. employees. The Company makes matching contributions
equal to 50% of the employees pretax contributions,
subject to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation.
Compensation expense related to the Companys contribution
to the plan for each of the years ended December 31, 2003,
2004, and 2005, approximated $110,000, $157,000, and $263,000,
respectively.
Employee Stock Option Plan In March
2000, the stockholders approved the Companys 2000
Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan). At
December 31, 2005, 8,750,000 common shares have been
reserved for grant under the Plan and 211,168 shares remain
available for future grants under the Plan. Options are subject
to the vesting provisions associated with each grant. These
provisions generally provide for vesting on a straight-line
basis over four years. All options expire 10 years from the
date of grant.
Compensation expense related to options previously awarded
(primarily during the year ended December 31, 2000) was
deferred and amortized over the vesting period. During the years
ended December 31, 2003 and 2004, the Company recorded
$2,203,000 and $903,000, respectively, of compensation expense
for these awards. No deferred compensation remained at
December 31, 2004 related to any awards granted prior to
January 1, 2005.
During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company
awarded options to purchase 947,000 shares of the
Companys common stock that were deemed to have an
intrinsic value aggregating $118,000. Compensation expense for
these awards has been deferred and is being amortized on a
straight-line basis over the vesting period, which is generally
four years. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the
Company recorded $7,000 of compensation expense related to the
2005 awards and will record approximately $29,000 annually
through 2009.
The following table presents a summary of the option activity
and related information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of | |
|
Weighted-Average | |
|
|
Options | |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Outstanding January 1, 2003
|
|
|
3,311,996 |
|
|
$ |
1.03 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2,148,976 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(2,375 |
) |
|
|
1.07 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,134,925 |
) |
|
|
1.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding December 31, 2003
|
|
|
4,323,672 |
|
|
|
1.02 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
2,036,949 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(445,451 |
) |
|
|
0.87 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(184,755 |
) |
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding December 31, 2004
|
|
|
5,730,415 |
|
|
|
1.02 |
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,252,000 |
|
|
|
1.19 |
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1,001,454 |
) |
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(101,383 |
) |
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding December 31, 2005
|
|
|
5,879,578 |
|
|
$ |
1.06 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average minimum value of the options granted to
employees in 2005 was $0.26 and in 2004 and 2003 was less than
$0.01.
F-26
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Additional information regarding options outstanding at
December 31, 2005, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-Average | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining | |
|
Number Exercisable at December 31, | |
Exercise |
|
Number | |
|
Contractual Life | |
|
| |
Price |
|
Outstanding | |
|
(Years) | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
$1.00
|
|
|
4,876,148 |
|
|
|
7.11 |
|
|
|
3,594,278 |
|
|
|
4,018,628 |
|
|
|
48,526 |
|
1.25
|
|
|
947,000 |
|
|
|
9.74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,359,849 |
|
2.57
|
|
|
5,830 |
|
|
|
5.28 |
|
|
|
5,830 |
|
|
|
5,830 |
|
|
|
4,373 |
|
3.00
|
|
|
25,700 |
|
|
|
5.85 |
|
|
|
25,700 |
|
|
|
19,800 |
|
|
|
13,750 |
|
3.50
|
|
|
24,900 |
|
|
|
4.60 |
|
|
|
24,900 |
|
|
|
24,900 |
|
|
|
23,675 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,879,578 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,650,708 |
|
|
|
4,069,158 |
|
|
|
2,450,173 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The (loss) income before the impact of income taxes and minority
interests in consolidated subsidiaries for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, consisted of the
following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
U.S.
|
|
$ |
(21,040 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,637 |
) |
|
$ |
1,211 |
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(9,496 |
) |
|
|
2,128 |
|
|
|
10,722 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
(30,536 |
) |
|
$ |
491 |
|
|
$ |
11,933 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys benefit from (provision for) income taxes for
the years ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005,
consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
1,569 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(331 |
) |
|
|
(430 |
) |
|
|
(1,348 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
(331 |
) |
|
|
1,139 |
|
|
|
(1,348 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
5,280 |
|
|
|
(189 |
) |
|
|
(682 |
) |
|
State
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(56 |
) |
|
Foreign
|
|
|
2,536 |
|
|
|
586 |
|
|
|
(2,992 |
) |
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(5,617 |
) |
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
998 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
2,536 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
(2,732 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit from (provision for) income taxes
|
|
$ |
2,205 |
|
|
$ |
1,601 |
|
|
$ |
(4,080 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2004, the Company completed audits performed by the
Internal Revenue Service for the years ended 2000 and 2001. The
completion of the audits allowed the Company to release
$1,569,000 of accrued tax contingencies related to those years
under audit. In addition, the benefit from (provision for)
income taxes is different from that which would be obtained by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before
income taxes due primarily to the valuation allowance that has
been provided against the net operating losses that are not
deemed to be recoverable. The change in the valuation allowance
F-27
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
from 2004 to 2005 reflects the utilization of the deductions
associated with inventory provisions that had previously been
fully reserved.
A reconciliation of income tax expense at the U.S. federal
statutory income tax rate to the recorded tax benefit
(provision) is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Tax at statutory rate
|
|
$ |
10,517 |
|
|
$ |
(167 |
) |
|
$ |
(4,057 |
) |
Non-U.S. rate differential net
|
|
|
(1,010 |
) |
|
|
492 |
|
|
|
(658 |
) |
State income taxes net
|
|
|
337 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
Resolution of prior year tax contingencies and reserves
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,569 |
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value adjustment to series B warrants
|
|
|
(1,246 |
) |
|
|
(209 |
) |
|
|
(253 |
) |
Stock compensation expense
|
|
|
(749 |
) |
|
|
(307 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Change in valuation allowance
|
|
|
(5,617 |
) |
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
998 |
|
Other net
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(92 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2,205 |
|
|
$ |
1,601 |
|
|
$ |
(4,080 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to
significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax
liabilities at December 31, 2004 and 2005 are as follows
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Property, plant, and equipment
|
|
$ |
(918 |
) |
|
$ |
(790 |
) |
Inventory provisions
|
|
|
6,779 |
|
|
|
4,961 |
|
Allowances and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
2,832 |
|
|
|
3,433 |
|
Other tax credits
|
|
|
1,055 |
|
|
|
1,056 |
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
|
17,050 |
|
|
|
13,654 |
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(20,389 |
) |
|
|
(19,391 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$ |
6,409 |
|
|
$ |
2,923 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2005, the Company has U.S. federal
and state tax net operating loss carryforwards available for
future periods of approximately $25,535,000 and $34,164,000. The
federal tax and state net operating loss carryforwards begin
expiring in 2022 and 2006, respectively. The Company has a net
operating loss carryforward in Germany totaling $6,648,000,
which may be carried forward indefinitely.
F-28
IPG PHOTONICS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
14. |
GEOGRAPHIC AND PRODUCT INFORMATION |
The Company markets and sells its products throughout the world
through both direct sales and distribution channels. The
geographic sources of the Companys net sales, based on
billing addresses of the Companys customers, for the years
ended December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
United States and other North America
|
|
$ |
10,349 |
|
|
$ |
20,911 |
|
|
$ |
38,512 |
|
South America
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Europe:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
7,583 |
|
|
|
11,898 |
|
|
|
13,137 |
|
|
Other including Eastern Europe/ CIS
|
|
|
5,380 |
|
|
|
7,441 |
|
|
|
10,745 |
|
Asia and Australia:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Japan
|
|
|
10,412 |
|
|
|
16,022 |
|
|
|
25,354 |
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,210 |
|
|
|
8,215 |
|
Rest of the World
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
422 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales are derived from products for different applications:
fiber lasers and diode lasers for materials processing, fiber
amplifiers for communications applications, fiber lasers for
medical applications, and fiber lasers and amplifiers for
advanced applications. Net sales for the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, for these product lines
are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2003 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Materials processing
|
|
$ |
23,685 |
|
|
$ |
41,990 |
|
|
$ |
60,399 |
|
Communications
|
|
|
5,250 |
|
|
|
9,697 |
|
|
|
15,751 |
|
Medical
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
1,544 |
|
|
|
7,422 |
|
Advanced applications
|
|
|
4,624 |
|
|
|
7,476 |
|
|
|
12,813 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
33,740 |
|
|
$ |
60,707 |
|
|
$ |
96,385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company has one customer that individually comprised 17%,
20%, and 13% of net sales during the years ended
December 31, 2003, 2004, and 2005, respectively. Accounts
receivable related to this customer totaled approximately 13%
and 18% of the net accounts receivable balance at
December 31, 2004, and 2005, respectively.
The geographic location of the Companys long-lived assets,
based on physical location of the assets, as of
December 31, 2004 and 2005, is as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
United States
|
|
$ |
23,391 |
|
|
$ |
27,071 |
|
Germany
|
|
|
21,024 |
|
|
|
22,107 |
|
Russia
|
|
|
1,344 |
|
|
|
1,438 |
|
Other
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
379 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
45,982 |
|
|
$ |
50,995 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
Through and
including ,
2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
Shares
Common Stock
PROSPECTUS
Joint Book-Running Managers
|
|
Merrill Lynch & Co. |
Lehman Brothers |
Needham & Company, LLC
Jefferies & Company
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC
,
2006
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
ITEM 13. |
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution. |
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other
than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with
the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are
estimated except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing
fee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount to be Paid | |
|
|
| |
SEC registration fee
|
|
$ |
13,910 |
|
National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. fee
|
|
|
13,500 |
|
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
Printing and mailing
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and officers insurance
|
|
|
700,000 |
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITEM 14. |
Indemnification of Directors and Officers. |
Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at
the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee
or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in
settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in
connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she
acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her
conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in
the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection
with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or
she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with
respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she
shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless
and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other
adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case,
he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for
such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating
court shall deem proper.
Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law
provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is
or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director,
officer,
II-1
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability
asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any
such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such,
whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify
the person against such liability under Section 145 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law.
Article VIII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of the
offering (Charter) provides that no director of our company
shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for
monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
This provision does not eliminate or limit the liability of any
of our directors or officers (1) for any breach of the
directors duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders,
(2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which
involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock
redemptions or repurchases or (4) for any transaction from
which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In
addition, our Charter provides that if the Delaware General
Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further elimination
or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability
of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, as so amended.
Article VIII of the Charter further provides that any
repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an
amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law will not
adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of
such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or
omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a
director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.
Article VI of the Charter and Section X of our Amended
and Restated By-laws that will become effective upon the closing
of the offering (By-laws) provide that, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may
hereafter be amended, we will indemnify any person (Covered
Person) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party
or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(proceeding), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person
for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a
director or officer of the company or, while a director or
officer of the company, is or was serving at the request of the
company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
company or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or
nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee
benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and
expenses (including attorneys fees) reasonably incurred by
such Covered Person. However, we will be required to indemnify a
Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)
commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of
such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was
authorized in the specific case by our board of directors.
In addition, Article VI of the Charter and Section X
of the By-laws provide that the right of each of our directors
and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses
shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or
hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the Charter
or By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors and executive officers. These agreements provide that
we will indemnify each of our directors and executive officers
to the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, our stock
purchase agreement with the holders of our series B
preferred stock provides indemnification to those holders,
including TA Associates and its associated investment funds, for
damages, expenses or losses arising out of, based upon or by
reason of any third party or governmental claims relating to
their status as a security holder, creditor, director, officer,
agent, representative or controlling person of our company, or
otherwise relating to their involvement with us.
We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which
covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our
company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in
their capacities as directors or officers.
II-2
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with
the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the
underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions,
us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us
within the meaning of the Securities Act, as amended, against
certain liabilities.
|
|
ITEM 15. |
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities. |
During the past three years, we have sold and issued the
following unregistered securities:
|
|
|
(1) On December 15, 2004, we sold 99,000 shares
of our common stock to Sujay Shetty, an individual, in exchange
for 277,000 shares of IPG Photonics (India) Private Limited; |
|
|
(2) On August 13, 2003, in connection with the
settlement of a litigation between us and JDS Uniphase
Corporation (JDSU), we issued to JDSU 2,684,211 shares of
our series D preferred stock having an aggregate
liquidation value of $5,100,000, which shares are convertible
into up to 2,684,211 shares of our common stock, and we
issued to JDSU a subordinated convertible note in the principal
amount of $5,100,000, which note was convertible into
2,684,211 shares of our series D preferred stock and
was repaid in August 2006; |
|
|
(3) On April 4, 2003, we sold 500,000 shares of
our common stock to TEM Incorporated for $1,000,000; and |
|
|
|
(4) Since January 1, 2003, we have granted options to
purchase 7,243,725 shares of our common stock at
exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $4.30 per share to
employees, consultants and directors under our 2000 Incentive
Compensation Plan, our 2006 Incentive Compensation Plan and our
Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan. Since January 1, 2003,
we have issued 2,482,959 shares of our common stock
pursuant to the exercise of stock options for aggregate
consideration of $2.4 million. |
|
The sales of securities described in items (1), (2) and
(3) above were deemed to be exempt from registration
pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and
Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an
issuer not involving a public offering. Each of these sales were
to accredited investors, as such term is defined in
Rule 501 of Regulation D. Each of the recipients of
securities in the transactions deemed to be exempt from
registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act
received written disclosures that the securities had not been
registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be
made pursuant to a registration or an available exemption from
such registration. Appropriate legends were affixed to the share
certificates and instruments issued in these transactions. Each
of the recipients was provided with adequate access to
information about us. The issuances of the securities described
in item (4) above were deemed to be exempt from
registration pursuant to either Rule 701 promulgated under
the Securities Act as a transaction pursuant to compensatory
benefit plans approved by our board of directors or, where such
recipients of securities under these compensatory plans were
accredited investors because the recipients were
directors or executive officers of our company, under
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an
issuer not involving a public offering.
None of the sales of the securities that we issued have involved
the use of an underwriter, and no commissions were paid in
connection with the sale of any of the securities that we
issued. The sales of these securities were made without general
solicitation or advertising.
(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately
preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of
this registration statement on
Form S-1, which
Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable.
II-3
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by the controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
|
|
|
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of
the time it was declared effective. |
|
|
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
|
|
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the
Securities Act to any purchaser if the registrant is subject to
Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to
Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to
an offering, other than registration statements relying on
Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on
Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in
the registration statement as of the date it is first used after
effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a
registration statement or prospectus that is part of the
registration statement or made in a document incorporated or
deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement
or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will,
as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such
first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in
the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the
registration statement or made in any such document immediately
prior to such date of first use. |
|
|
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the
registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the
initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned
registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities
of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration
statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell
the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered
or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser: |
II-4
|
|
|
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424; |
|
|
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant; |
|
|
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and |
|
|
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the
Registration Statement on
Form S-1 to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the town of Oxford, Commonwealth of
Massachusetts, on October 17, 2006.
|
|
|
IPG Photonics Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Valentin P.
Gapontsev
Valentin
P. Gapontsev Chief Executive
Officer
and Chairman of the
Board |
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been
signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the
dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Valentin P.
Gapontsev
Valentin
P. Gapontsev |
|
Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
/s/ Timothy P.V. Mammen
Timothy
P.V. Mammen |
|
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
Robert
A. Blair |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
Michael
C. Child |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
John
H. Dalton |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
Henry
E. Gauthier |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
William
S. Hurley |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
William
F. Krupke |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
II-6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature |
|
Title |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Eugene
Shcherbakov |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
*
Igor
Samartsev |
|
Director |
|
October 17, 2006 |
|
|
|
*By: |
|
/s/ Valentin P.
Gapontsev
Valentin
P. Gapontsev as
Attorney-in-fact |
|
|
|
|
II-7
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
1 |
.1* |
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement |
|
3 |
.1** |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Registrant |
|
3 |
.2** |
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Registrant, to be effective at the completion of this
offering |
|
3 |
.3** |
|
By-laws of the Registrant |
|
3 |
.4** |
|
Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant, to be
effective at the completion of this offering |
|
4 |
.1* |
|
Specimen Stock Certificate |
|
4 |
.2** |
|
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and
the Investors named therein, dated as of August 30, 2000,
as amended |
|
4 |
.3** |
|
Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and
JDS Uniphase Corporation, dated as of August 13, 2003,
as amended |
|
5 |
.1* |
|
Opinion of Winston & Strawn LLP |
|
10 |
.1** |
|
2000 Incentive Compensation Plan |
|
10 |
.2** |
|
2006 Incentive Compensation Plan |
|
10 |
.3** |
|
Non-Employee Directors Compensation Plan |
|
10 |
.4** |
|
Non-Employee Directors Stock Plan |
|
10 |
.5** |
|
Senior Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan |
|
10 |
.6** |
|
Form of Subordinated Note of the Registrant to be issued to
holders of series B preferred stock |
|
10 |
.7** |
|
Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock of the Registrant
issued to holders of series B preferred stock, as amended |
|
10 |
.8** |
|
Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Valentin
P. Gapontsev, dated as of March 1, 2006 |
|
10 |
.9** |
|
Service Agreement by and between the Registrant and Eugene
Shcherbakov, dated as of March 1, 2006 |
|
10 |
.10** |
|
Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Tim
Mammen, dated as of March 1, 2006 |
|
10 |
.11** |
|
Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Angelo P.
Lopresti, dated as of March 1, 2006 |
|
10 |
.12** |
|
Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Denis
Gapontsev, dated as of March 1, 2006 |
|
10 |
.13** |
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and
each of its Directors and Executive Officers |
|
10 |
.14** |
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2000 Incentive
Compensation Plan |
|
10 |
.15** |
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Incentive
Compensation Plan |
|
10 |
.16** |
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Non-Employee
Directors Stock Plan |
|
10 |
.17** |
|
Form of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and Confirmatory
Assignment Agreement |
|
10 |
.18** |
|
Construction Loan Agreement, dated as of April 28, 2000,
between the Registrant and Family Bank, FSB, as amended |
|
10 |
.19** |
|
Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 15, 2004,
between the Registrant and BankNorth, N.A. as Lender, as amended |
|
10 |
.21** |
|
Assignment, Research and Development Agreement between the
Registrant, IPG Laser GmbH, IPG Fibertech S.R.L. and NTO
IRE-Polus, dated as of August 30, 2000 |
|
10 |
.22** |
|
Investment Agreement between NTO IRE-Polus and IPG Laser GmbH,
dated as of March 1, 2001 |
|
10 |
.23** |
|
Loan and Security Agreement between the Registrant and IP Fibre
Devices (UK) Ltd., dated as of August 23, 2002 |
|
10 |
.24** |
|
Non-Recourse Promissory Note by Valentin P. Gapontsev,
dated April 1, 2003 |
|
10 |
.25** |
|
Amended and Restated Non-Recourse Promissory Note by
John H. Dalton, dated April 13, 2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Description |
|
|
|
|
10 |
.26** |
|
Stock Purchase Agreement of John H. Dalton, dated
December 14, 2004 |
|
10 |
.27** |
|
Guaranty of Valentin P. Gapontsev, dated as of
August 9, 2006 |
|
10 |
.28** |
|
Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the
Investors named therein, dated as of August 30, 2000 |
|
10 |
.29** |
|
Loan Agreement between IP Fibre Devices (UK) Ltd. and NTO
IRE-Polus, dated January 3, 2002, as amended |
|
10 |
.30** |
|
Exchange Agreement between the Registrant and Valentin P.
Gapontsev, dated as of July 31, 2006 |
|
10 |
.31** |
|
Subscription Agreement between the Registrant and JDS Uniphase
Corporation, dated August 13, 2003 |
|
10 |
.32 |
|
Confidential Settlement Agreement between the Registrant and JDS
Uniphase Corporation, dated as of June 25, 2003 |
|
10 |
.33** |
|
Convertible Promissory Note between the Registrant and JDS
Uniphase Corporation, dated August 13, 2003 |
|
10 |
.34** |
|
Secured Promissory Note between the Registrant and JDS Uniphase
Corporation, dated August 13, 2003 |
|
10 |
.35** |
|
Non-Recourse Promissory Note by Robert A. Blair, dated
September 30, 2003 |
|
10 |
.36** |
|
Non-Recourse Promissory Note by Robert A. Blair, dated
December 3, 2003 |
|
10 |
.37 |
|
Pledge Agreement between the Registrant and Robert A. Blair,
dated September 30, 2003 |
|
10 |
.38 |
|
Pledge Agreement between the Registrant and Robert A. Blair,
dated December 3, 2003 |
|
10 |
.39 |
|
Pledge Agreement between the Registrant and John H. Dalton,
dated April 13, 2001, as amended |
|
10 |
.40 |
|
Pledge Agreement between the Registrant and Dr. Valentin P.
Gapontsev, dated March 5, 2001, as amended |
|
10 |
.41 |
|
Pledge Agreement between the Registrant and Vincent Au-Yeung,
dated January 22, 2001 |
|
10 |
.42 |
|
Promissory Note by Vincent Au-Yeung, dated January 22, 2001 |
|
10 |
.43 |
|
Stockholders Agreement by and among the Registrant, the Founders
named therein and the Investors named therein, dated as of
August 30, 2000, as amended |
|
10 |
.44 |
|
Series D Preferred Stockholders Agreement by and among the
Registrant and JDS Uniphase Corporation, dated as of
August 13, 2003 |
|
21 |
.1 |
|
List of Subsidiaries |
|
23 |
.1 |
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP |
|
23 |
.2* |
|
Consent of Winston & Strawn LLP (included in
Exhibit 5.1) |
|
24 |
.1** |
|
Power of Attorney |
|
|
* |
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
** |
Previously filed. |
|
|
|
Portions of this exhibit are the subject of a confidential
treatment request and have been omitted. These portions have
been submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange
Commission. |
|